TWI417325B - Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display - Google Patents
Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI417325B TWI417325B TW100130294A TW100130294A TWI417325B TW I417325 B TWI417325 B TW I417325B TW 100130294 A TW100130294 A TW 100130294A TW 100130294 A TW100130294 A TW 100130294A TW I417325 B TWI417325 B TW I417325B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- film
- cellulose
- acid
- formula
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/06—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B27/08—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L1/00—Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/08—Cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/10—Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
- C08L1/12—Cellulose acetate
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3083—Birefringent or phase retarding elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/133528—Polarisers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2301/00—Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
- C08J2301/08—Cellulose derivatives
- C08J2301/10—Esters of organic acids
- C08J2301/12—Cellulose acetate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2203/00—Applications
- C08L2203/16—Applications used for films
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Moulding By Coating Moulds (AREA)
Description
本發明是有關於一種醯化纖維素膜及其製造方法。更詳細而言是有關於一種包含醯化纖維素,波長分散為逆分散性,每單位膜厚之Rth大,且於偏光板加工後貼附於面板上時的顯示於面內變均一的醯化纖維素膜及其製造方法。而且,亦關於一種使用該醯化纖維素膜之偏光板及液晶顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a deuterated cellulose film and a method of producing the same. More specifically, it relates to a method comprising a deuterated cellulose, a wavelength dispersion of reverse dispersion, a large Rth per unit film thickness, and a uniform display in the plane when attached to the panel after the polarizing plate is processed. Cellulose film and its method of manufacture. Further, it relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the deuterated cellulose film.
VA(Vertically Aligned,垂直配向)模式的液晶顯示裝置由於對比度高,製造良率比較高而作為電視用液晶顯示裝置受到關注。為了擴寬VA模式液晶顯示裝置之視角,自先前起便使用醯化纖維素膜作為光學補償膜等光學膜。The liquid crystal display device of the VA (Vertically Aligned) mode has a high contrast ratio and a high manufacturing yield, and has been attracting attention as a liquid crystal display device for televisions. In order to broaden the viewing angle of the VA mode liquid crystal display device, a cellulose film for deuteration has been used as an optical film such as an optical compensation film.
近年來,於VA用光學膜中,自改良自斜方位觀察顯示器時的色調變化的觀點考慮,要求顯示出波長越變大則面內方向之延遲Re越增加的逆分散性的膜。而且,同時由於面板之薄膜化趨勢,為了減低製造成本而要求提高每單位膜厚之厚度方向的延遲Rth而進行薄型化。另一方面,隨著液晶顯示裝置之大型化,要求具有可達成面板之面內均一性的適宜之物性的光學膜。In the optical film for VA, it is required to exhibit a reverse dispersion film in which the retardation Re in the in-plane direction increases as the wavelength becomes larger from the viewpoint of changing the color tone when the display is observed from the oblique direction. Further, at the same time, in order to reduce the manufacturing cost, it is required to increase the retardation Rth in the thickness direction per unit film thickness to reduce the thickness of the panel. On the other hand, with the increase in size of liquid crystal display devices, it is required to have an optical film having suitable physical properties that can achieve in-plane uniformity of the panel.
例如,於日本專利特開2006-030962號公報中,藉由添加延遲表現劑之方法、或者以滿足特定之彈性模數之方式而進行製膜的方法,揭示了正面及膜厚方向延遲之表現性優異,由於濕度等之環境變化而造成之延遲值之變動少的光學膜及偏光板。於該文獻中,揭示了可藉由延伸而控制波長分散,於該文獻的實例中揭示了如下之例子:於使用CAP(乙酸丙酸纖維素)或CAB(乙酸丁酸纖維素)等材料之溶液製膜法中,對於殘留揮發成分為25 wt%~35 wt%之狀態下而剝下之膜,實施於膜搬送方向及膜寬度方向上之延伸的雙軸延伸。For example, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-030962, a method of forming a film by adding a retardation agent or a method of satisfying a specific elastic modulus reveals a front side and a film thickness retardation performance. An optical film and a polarizing plate which are excellent in the change in the retardation value due to environmental changes such as humidity. In this document, it is disclosed that wavelength dispersion can be controlled by extension. In the examples of the document, an example is disclosed in which a material such as CAP (cellulose acetate propionate) or CAB (cellulose acetate butyrate) is used. In the solution film forming method, the film which is peeled off in a state in which the residual volatile component is in the range of 25 wt% to 35 wt% is biaxially stretched in the film transport direction and the film width direction.
而且,於日本專利特開2009-263619號公報中,藉由使用溶劑與特定醯基取代度之醯化纖維素樹脂而控制含水率或SP值,揭示了霧度與面狀良好之醯化纖維素膜。於該文獻的實例中揭示了如下之例:於溶液製膜法中,對於殘留揮發成分為25 wt%~35 wt%之狀態下而剝下之膜,於膜寬度方向上以10%~50%之範圍進行延伸。Further, in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-263619, by controlling the water content or the SP value by using a solvent and a specific thiol-substituted degree of deuterated cellulose resin, a haze fiber having a good haze and a good shape is disclosed. Membrane. In the example of the document, an example is disclosed in which, in the solution film forming method, the film which is peeled off in a state in which the residual volatile component is from 25 wt% to 35 wt% is 10% to 50 in the film width direction. The range of % is extended.
然而,現狀是難以兼顧逆分散性之表現與每單位膜厚之Rth改善,不得不犧牲生產性,或者由於使用昂貴的特別之添加劑而犧牲成本。另外,本發明者對添加特別的用以控制光學性能之添加劑的方法進行了研究,結果明確了僅僅使用先前已知的添加劑,於偏光板加工後貼附於面板上時的面內顯示不均並不變得均一,殘留令人不滿意之處。而且亦明確了使流延製膜時之於支撐體上的膜乾燥條件變化,結果若採用先前已知的可兼顧Rth與波長分散的組成或延伸條件,則同樣地於貼附於面板上時的面內顯示不均並不變得均一。因此,非常難以除了表現逆分散性與改善每單位膜厚之Rth之外,亦改善面板面內顯示均一性。因此,關於延伸條件等,除了對與先前不同之製膜條件進行較大程度地變更,表現出上述光學特性之外,必須以大到可改善面內顯示均一性之程度地變更膜物性之方式而改善製膜條件。However, the current situation is that it is difficult to balance the performance of reverse dispersion with the improvement of Rth per unit film thickness, having to sacrifice productivity, or sacrificing cost due to the use of expensive special additives. Further, the inventors of the present invention have conducted research on a method of adding a special additive for controlling optical properties, and as a result, it has been clarified that unevenness in the in-plane display when attached to a panel after processing of a polarizing plate using only a previously known additive is clarified. It does not become uniform and the residue is unsatisfactory. Further, it has also been clarified that the drying conditions of the film on the support at the time of casting film formation are changed, and as a result, the previously known composition or extension condition which can balance Rth and wavelength dispersion is similarly applied to the panel. The in-plane display unevenness does not become uniform. Therefore, it is very difficult to improve the in-plane display uniformity of the panel in addition to the reverse dispersion and the improvement of the Rth per unit film thickness. Therefore, in addition to the above-mentioned optical characteristics, it is necessary to change the physical properties of the film to a degree that the film properties can be improved to the extent that the in-plane display uniformity is improved. Improve the film forming conditions.
亦即,本發明所欲解決之課題是提供一種醯化纖維素膜及其製造方法,此醯化纖維素膜之波長分散為逆分散性,每單位膜厚之Rth大,於偏光板加工後貼附於面板上時的顯示於面內變均一。That is, the object of the present invention is to provide a deuterated cellulose film and a method for producing the same, wherein the wavelength dispersion of the deuterated cellulose film is inversely dispersed, and the Rth per unit film thickness is large, after the polarizing plate is processed. The display when attached to the panel becomes uniform in the plane.
已知於通常情況下,越提高於TD方向(與膜搬送方向正交之方向,亦即膜寬度方向)上之延伸倍率,越能夠改良光學膜之軸不均(參照日本專利特開2006-030962號公報)。因此,本發明者對日本專利特開2006-030962號公報中所記載之製造方法進行研究,結果是該文獻實例中所得之膜亦包含成為逆分散性之膜,CAP(乙酸丙酸纖維素)或CAB(乙酸丁酸纖維素)等材料之彈性模數低,自加工為偏光板時的面板面內均一性之觀點而言尚且存在問題。而且,於該文獻中,關於製造方法,並未對縱延伸與橫延伸各自較佳之殘留揮發成分及此時之於各方向之延伸倍率的詳細情況進行特別研究,即使參照該文獻之記載亦無法改善膜物性。It is known that, in general, the more the stretching ratio in the TD direction (the direction orthogonal to the film transport direction, that is, the film width direction), the more the axial unevenness of the optical film can be improved (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-- Bulletin No. 030962). Therefore, the present inventors have studied the production method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-030962, and as a result, the film obtained in the literature example also contains a film which becomes a reverse dispersion, CAP (cellulose acetate propionate). Or a material such as CAB (cellulose acetate butyrate) has a low modulus of elasticity, and there is a problem from the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity when processed into a polarizing plate. Further, in this document, the manufacturing method does not specifically study the details of the residual volatile components of the longitudinal extension and the lateral extension, and the stretching ratio in each direction at this time, and it is impossible to refer to the description of the document. Improve film properties.
而且,即使是於日本專利特開2009-263619號公報之實例中所記載之僅進行於TD方向之延伸,控制延伸時之溶劑殘留量或乾燥條件,亦無法解決上述課題。Further, even if it is described in the example of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-263619, only the extension in the TD direction is carried out, and the solvent residual amount or the drying condition at the time of stretching is not controlled to solve the above problem.
因此,本發明者對於各種添加劑、醯化纖維素之種類不同的溶液製膜之膜,研究了改良面內不均之配方與製造方法之組合。其結果發現:關於表現出目標之Rth之表現量及逆分散性的膜,將MD方向之彈性模數提高至特定值以上、將彈性模數之TD/MD比控制為特定之範圍、將TD方向之彈性模數之不均控制為特定值以下的膜於偏光板加工後貼附於面板上時,於面內的顯示不均顯著降低,從而完成本發明。Therefore, the present inventors have studied a combination of a formulation for improving in-plane unevenness and a production method for a film formed by a solution of various additives and different types of deuterated cellulose. As a result, it is found that the film exhibiting the target Rth expression and the inverse dispersion property increases the elastic modulus in the MD direction to a specific value or more, and controls the TD/MD ratio of the elastic modulus to a specific range, and TD When the film having a variation in the elastic modulus of the direction is controlled to a specific value or less after being attached to the panel after the polarizing plate is processed, the display unevenness in the in-plane is remarkably lowered, and the present invention has been completed.
另外,本發明者發現藉由採用與醯化纖維素之種類對應之特定延伸條件,提供可兼顧上述物性與光學特性,解決上述課題的各種醯化纖維素膜,從而完成本發明之膜之製造方法。In addition, the inventors of the present invention have found that various types of deuterated cellulose films which can achieve the above-mentioned problems and achieve the above-mentioned physical and optical properties by using specific extension conditions corresponding to the type of deuterated cellulose, thereby completing the production of the film of the present invention. method.
具體而言,藉由以下手段而解決上述課題。Specifically, the above problems are solved by the following means.
[1] 一種醯化纖維素膜,其特徵在於:包含總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之醯化纖維素,膜搬送方向之彈性模數為3200 MPa以上,膜寬度方向之彈性模數之不均為0.5 GPa以下,且滿足下述式(1)~式(3):[1] A cellulose-deposited film comprising: deuterated cellulose having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8, an elastic modulus of a film transport direction of 3200 MPa or more, and an elastic modulus of a film width direction. Not all of 0.5 GPa or less, and the following formulas (1) to (3) are satisfied:
式(1) 0 nm≦ΔRe≦15.0 nmFormula (1) 0 nm ≦ΔRe≦15.0 nm
(式中,ΔRe表示自波長630 nm下之面內方向之延遲值減去波長450 nm下之面內延遲值而所得之值(單位為nm))(wherein ΔRe represents the value obtained by subtracting the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm from the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630 nm (in nm)
式(2) 2×10-3 ≦Rth/d≦6×10-3 Formula (2) 2 × 10 -3 ≦ Rth / d ≦ 6 × 10 -3
(式中,Rth表示波長550 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值(單位為nm),d表示膜厚(單位為nm))(wherein, Rth represents the retardation value (in nm) in the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 550 nm, and d represents the film thickness (unit: nm))
式(3) 1.0≦E'(TD)/E'(MD)≦1.43Equation (3) 1.0≦E'(TD)/E'(MD)≦1.43
(式中,E'(MD)表示膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單位為MPa),E'(TD)表示膜寬度方向之彈性模數(單位為MPa))。(wherein E' (MD) represents the elastic modulus (unit: MPa) in the film transport direction, and E' (TD) represents the elastic modulus (unit: MPa) in the film width direction.
[2] 如[1]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,膜搬送方向之彈性模數為3500 MPa以上。[2] The cellulose-degraded film according to [1], wherein the elastic modulus of the film transport direction is 3,500 MPa or more.
[3] 如[1]或[2]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,波長590 nm下之面內方向之延遲值Re與波長590 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值Rth滿足下述式:[3] The cellulose-deposited film according to [1] or [2], wherein the retardation value Re of the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 590 nm and the retardation value Rth of the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm satisfy the following formula:
35 nm≦Re≦80 nm、100 nm≦Rth≦300 nm。35 nm≦Re≦80 nm, 100 nm≦Rth≦300 nm.
[4] 如[1]~[3]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述醯化纖維素是乙酸纖維素。[4] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein the deuterated cellulose is cellulose acetate.
[5] 如[1]~[4]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,包含縮聚酯(polycondensed ester)。[5] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [4] wherein a polycondensed ester is contained.
[6] 如[1]~[5]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,相對於所述醯化纖維素而包含不足3 wt%之Re表現劑。[6] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein a less than 3 wt% of Re manifest is contained with respect to the deuterated cellulose.
[7] 如[1]~[6]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,含有下述通式(1)所表示之有機酸:[A] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of the above-mentioned [1], wherein the organic acid represented by the following formula (1) is contained:
通式(1)General formula (1)
X-L-(R1 )n XL-(R 1 ) n
(於通式(1)中,X表示包含酸解離常數為5.5以下之酸性基的取代基,L表示單鍵或2價以上之連結基,R1 表示碳數為6~30之烷基、碳數為6~30之烯基、碳數為6~30之炔基、碳數為6~30之芳基或碳數為6~30之雜環基,且亦可進一步具有取代基;n於L為單鍵之情形時為1,於L為2價以上之連結基之情形時為(L之價數-1))。(In the formula (1), X represents a substituent having an acid group having an acid dissociation constant of 5.5 or less, L represents a single bond or a divalent or higher linking group, and R 1 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, An alkenyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and further having a substituent; In the case where L is a single bond, it is 1, and when L is a linking group of 2 or more valences, it is (valence of L - 1)).
[8] 如[7]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式(1)中之R1 表示碳數為6~24之烷基、碳數為6~24之烯基或碳數為6~24之炔基(其中,亦可進一步具有取代基)。[8] The cellulose-deposited film according to [7], wherein R 1 in the formula (1) represents an alkyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or The alkynyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms (which may further have a substituent).
[9] 如[7]或[8]所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式(1)中之X具有至少一個選自由羧基、磺酸基、亞磺酸基、磷酸基、磺醯亞胺基及抗壞血酸基所構成之群組的至少一種基。[9] The cellulose-deposited film according to [7] or [8], wherein X in the formula (1) has at least one member selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. At least one group of the group consisting of a sulfoximine group and an ascorbate group.
[10] 如[7]~[9]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式(1)中之L是單鍵、或者選自下述單元群組之2價以上之連結基或由選自下述單元群組之2個以上單元組合而所得之連結基;單元:-O-、-CO-、-N(R2 )-(所述R2 表示碳數為1~5之烷基)、-OH、-CH=CH-、-CH(OH)-、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、[10] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [7] to [9] wherein L in the formula (1) is a single bond or is selected from the group of the following groups of 2 a linking group having a valence or higher or a linking group obtained by combining two or more units selected from the group of units: -O-, -CO-, -N(R 2 )- (the R 2 represents carbon a number of 1 to 5 alkyl groups, -OH, -CH=CH-, -CH(OH)-, -CH 2 -, -SO 2 -,
[11] 如[7]~[10]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸是於1分子多元醇上鍵結1分子脂肪酸與1分子多元羧酸而成,且具有至少1個源自多元羧酸之未經取代之羧基。[11] The cellulose-degraded cellulose film according to any one of [7], wherein the organic acid represented by the general formula (1) is bonded to one molecule of a fatty acid on one molecule of the polyol. It is one molecule of a polycarboxylic acid and has at least one unsubstituted carboxyl group derived from a polycarboxylic acid.
[12] 如[7]~[11]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸之分子量為200~1000。[12] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [7], wherein the organic acid represented by the formula (1) has a molecular weight of from 200 to 1,000.
[13] 如[1]~[12]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,具有2層以上之積層結構,各層中所含之醯化纖維素的平均總醯基取代度互相不同。[13] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [12] wherein, in the laminated structure having two or more layers, the average total thiol substitution degree of the deuterated cellulose contained in each layer Different from each other.
[14] 如[1]~[13]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜,其中,膜寬度方向端部之遲相軸方位之不均的標準偏差(σ)為0.10以下。[14] The cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [13] wherein the standard deviation (?) of the unevenness of the azimuth direction of the end portion in the film width direction is 0.10 or less.
[15] 一種醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,包括:將包含總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之乙酸纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸5%~100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸20%~150%之步驟;所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv);[15] A method for producing a cellulose-deposited film, comprising: casting a solution containing a cellulose acetate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8 on a metal support to obtain a film a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); and peeling the film on the residual volatile component H2 satisfying the following formula (ii) In the state of the film, the film is stretched by 5% to 100% in the film transport direction; and the peeled film is extended by 20% in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) is satisfied. ~150% of the steps; the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv);
式(i) 20%≦H1≦60%Formula (i) 20% ≦ H1 ≦ 60%
式(ii) 10%≦H2≦60%Formula (ii) 10%≦H2≦60%
式(iii) 5%≦H3≦45%Formula (iii) 5% ≦ H3 ≦ 45%
式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+100%)/(TD延伸倍率+100%)≧0.70Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio +100%) / (TD stretching ratio +100%) ≧0.70
(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%))。(In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction).
[16]一種醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,包括:將包含總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸20%~100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸35%~150%之步驟;所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv);[16] A method for producing a cellulose-deposited film, comprising: doping a dopant comprising cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8 on a metal support; a step of casting a solution to obtain a film; a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); and peeling off the film to satisfy the following formula (ii) a step of extending 20% to 100% in the film transport direction in the state of the residual volatile component H2; and the peeled film is in the direction of transporting the film in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) is satisfied a step of extending the direction of the intersection by 35% to 150%; the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv);
式(i) 20%≦H1≦60%Formula (i) 20% ≦ H1 ≦ 60%
式(ii) 10%≦H2≦60%Formula (ii) 10%≦H2≦60%
式(iii) 5%≦H3≦45%Formula (iii) 5% ≦ H3 ≦ 45%
式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+100%)/(TD延伸倍率+100%)≧0.70Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio +100%) / (TD stretching ratio +100%) ≧0.70
(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%))。(In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction).
[17] 如[15]或[16]所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其中,一面將拉力(tension)變動值控制為不足10 N/m之狀態一面進行所述於膜搬送方向上之延伸。[17] The method for producing a cellulose-degraded film according to [15], wherein the film transfer direction is performed while controlling a tension variation value to less than 10 N/m. Extension on the top.
[18] 如[15]~[17]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其中,所述摻雜物使用醯化纖維素之總醯基取代度相互不同之2種以上摻雜物,將各摻雜物共流延於支撐體上。[18] The method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to any one of [15], wherein the dopant is a mixture of two different thiol substitution degrees of deuterated cellulose. The above dopants co-cast the dopants onto the support.
[19] 如[15]~[18]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其中,於所述剝下步驟至所述延伸步驟之過渡部分中,所述膜通過3根以上之至少繞角(wrap angle)為60°以上之路徑輥(path roll)。[19] The method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to any one of [15] to [18] wherein, in the transition portion from the peeling step to the extending step, the film passes through 3 A path roll having a wrap angle of 60 or more above the root.
[20]如[15]~[19]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其中,所述路徑輥包含至少1根跳動裝置。[20] The method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to any one of [15], wherein the path roller comprises at least one pulsating device.
[21]如[15]~[20]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其中,自所述金屬支撐體之背面及表面之雙方,對所述金屬支撐體上所流延的所述摻雜物吹乾燥風。The method for producing a cellulose-deposited film according to any one of the aspects of the present invention, wherein the metal support is applied to both the back surface and the surface of the metal support. The cast dopants blow dry wind.
[22]如[15]~[21]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法,其中,藉由拉幅機進行所述於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上的延伸,滿足下述式(v);The method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film according to any one of the aspects of the present invention, wherein the stretching in a direction orthogonal to a film conveying direction is performed by a tenter. Satisfying the following formula (v);
式(v) W×30≧L≧W×2Formula (v) W×30≧L≧W×2
(式中,L表示自所述剝下步驟至所述拉幅機之距離(單位為mm),W表示所剝下之膜的寬度(單位為mm))。(wherein, L represents the distance from the stripping step to the tenter (in mm), and W represents the width (unit: mm) of the peeled film).
[23]一種醯化纖維素膜,其特徵在於:藉由如[15]~[22]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法而製造。[23] A fluorinated cellulose film produced by the method for producing a cellulose fluorite film according to any one of [15] to [22].
[24]一種偏光板,其特徵在於:包含偏光元件、如[1]~[14]及[23]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜。[24] A polarizing plate comprising a polarizing element, the cellulose-deposited film according to any one of [1] to [14] or [23].
[25]一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於:包含如[1]~[14]及[23]中任一項所述之醯化纖維素膜或如[24]所述之偏光板。[25] A liquid crystal display device according to any one of [1] to [14] or [23] or a polarizing plate according to [24].
[發明的效果][Effects of the Invention]
可提供醯化纖維素膜及其製造方法,此醯化纖維素膜之波長分散為逆分散性,每單位膜厚之Rth大,於偏光板加工後貼附於面板上時的顯示於面內變均一。而且,使用本發明之醯化纖維素膜的液晶顯示裝置即使於大型化之情形時,正面對比度亦良好。A deuterated cellulose film and a method for producing the same can be provided. The wavelength dispersion of the deuterated cellulose film is inversely dispersed, and the Rth per unit film thickness is large, and is displayed in the plane when attached to the panel after the polarizing plate is processed. Become uniform. Further, even when the liquid crystal display device using the cellulose-degraded film of the present invention is enlarged, the front contrast is good.
以下,對本發明之內容加以詳細之說明。以下中所記載之構成要件的說明雖然是基於本發明之代表性實施態樣而進行,但本發明並不限定於此種實施態樣。另外,於本申請說明書中,所謂「~」是以如下之含義而使用:包含其前後所記載之數值而作為下限值及上限值。於本說明書中,將膜搬送方向稱為縱方向、膜長邊方向或MD方向,將與膜搬送方向正交的方向稱為橫方向、膜寬度方向或TD方向。Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below is based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment. In addition, in the specification of the present application, "~" is used in the following sense: the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, the film transport direction is referred to as a longitudinal direction, a film longitudinal direction, or an MD direction, and a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction is referred to as a lateral direction, a film width direction, or a TD direction.
[醯化纖維素膜][醯化cellulose film]
本發明之醯化纖維素膜(以下亦稱為本發明之膜)包含總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之醯化纖維素,其特徵在於:膜搬送方向之彈性模數為3200 MPa以上,膜寬度方向之彈性模數之不均為0.5 GPa以下,且滿足下述式(1)~式(3)。The deuterated cellulose film of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as the film of the present invention) comprises deuterated cellulose having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8, characterized in that the elastic modulus of the film transport direction is 3,200 MPa or more. The modulus of elasticity in the film width direction is not more than 0.5 GPa, and the following formulas (1) to (3) are satisfied.
式(1) 0≦ΔRe≦15.0Equation (1) 0≦ΔRe≦15.0
(式中,ΔRe表示自波長630 nm下之面內方向之延遲值減去波長450 nm下之面內延遲值而所得之值(單位為nm)。)(wherein ΔRe represents a value (in nm) obtained by subtracting the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm from the retardation value in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630 nm.)
式(2) 2×10-3 ≦Rth/d≦6×10-3 Formula (2) 2 × 10 -3 ≦ Rth / d ≦ 6 × 10 -3
(式中,Rth表示波長550 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值(單位為nm),d表示膜厚(單位為nm)。)(In the formula, Rth represents the retardation value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 550 nm, and d represents the film thickness (unit: nm).)
式(3) 1.0≦E'(TD)/E'(MD)≦1.43Equation (3) 1.0≦E'(TD)/E'(MD)≦1.43
(式中,E'(MD)表示膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單位為MPa),E'(TD)表示膜寬度方向之彈性模數(單位為MPa)。)(wherein E'(MD) represents the elastic modulus (unit: MPa) in the film transport direction, and E'(TD) represents the elastic modulus (in MPa) in the film width direction.)
而且,本發明之膜可藉由本發明之膜之製造方法而製造。以下,對本發明之膜加以說明。Further, the film of the present invention can be produced by the method for producing a film of the present invention. Hereinafter, the film of the present invention will be described.
<膜特性><film characteristics>
(延遲)(delay)
於本說明書中,Re(λ)及Rth(λ)分別表示於波長λ下之面內之延遲及厚度方向之延遲。於本申請說明書中,於無特別記載時,波長λ為550 nm。Re(λ)是於KOBRA 21ADH或WR(王子計測機器股份有限公司製造)中,使波長λ nm之光向膜之法線方向入射而測定。於選擇測定波長λ nm時,可手動交換波長選擇型濾波器,或者藉由程式等對測定值進行轉換而測定。In the present specification, Re(λ) and Rth(λ) respectively represent the retardation in the plane at the wavelength λ and the retardation in the thickness direction. In the specification of the present application, the wavelength λ is 550 nm unless otherwise specified. Re (λ) is measured by injecting light having a wavelength of λ nm into the normal direction of the film in KOBRA 21ADH or WR (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). When the measurement wavelength λ nm is selected, the wavelength selective filter can be manually exchanged or measured by converting a measured value by a program or the like.
於所測定之膜以單軸或雙軸之折射率橢球而表示之情形時,藉由以下之方法而算出Rth(λ)。When the film to be measured is represented by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, Rth(λ) is calculated by the following method.
Rth(λ)是相對於將面內之遲相軸(藉由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而判斷)作為傾斜軸(旋轉軸)(於無遲相軸之情形時,將膜之面內之任意方向作為旋轉軸)的膜之法線方向,自法線方向至單側50度處每隔10度地分別自該傾斜之方向入射波長為λ nm之光,總共測定6點之所述Re(λ),基於該測定之延遲值與平均折射率之假定值及所輸入之膜厚值而由KOBRA 21ADH或WR算出。Rth(λ) is a tilt axis (rotation axis) with respect to the in-plane retardation axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH or WR) (when there is no slow phase axis, any direction in the plane of the film is taken as The normal direction of the film of the rotating shaft), from the normal direction to 50 degrees on one side, the light having a wavelength of λ nm is incident from the oblique direction every 10 degrees, and the total of 6 points of the Re(λ) is measured. It is calculated from KOBRA 21ADH or WR based on the measured retardation value and the assumed value of the average refractive index and the input film thickness value.
於上述中,於具有以面內之遲相軸為旋轉軸,自法線方向起某傾斜角度處延遲值成為零之方向的膜之情形時,關於較該傾斜角度更大之傾斜角度的延遲值是將其符號變更為負之後,由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而算出。In the above, when there is a film in which the retardation axis in the plane is the rotation axis and the retardation value becomes zero at a certain inclination angle from the normal direction, the delay of the inclination angle larger than the inclination angle is delayed. The value is calculated by KOBRA 21ADH or WR after changing its sign to negative.
另外,亦可將遲相軸作為傾斜軸(旋轉軸)(於無遲相軸之情形時,將膜面內之任意方向作為旋轉軸),自任意之傾斜之2個方向測定延遲值,基於該值與平均折射率之假定值及所輸入之膜厚值,藉由以下之式(11)及式(12)而算出Rth。In addition, the retardation axis (rotation axis) can be used as the tilt axis (rotation axis) (when there is no slow phase axis, any direction in the film plane is used as the rotation axis), and the delay value is measured from two directions of arbitrary inclination, based on The value and the assumed value of the average refractive index and the input film thickness value are calculated by the following equations (11) and (12).
式(11)Formula (11)
上述之Re(θ)表示自法線方向傾斜角度θ之方向的延遲值。式(11)中之nx表示面內之遲相軸方向之折射率,ny表示於面內與nx正交之方向的折射率,nz表示與nx及ny正交之方向之折射率,d為膜厚。The above Re(θ) represents a retardation value in the direction of the inclination angle θ from the normal direction. Nx in the formula (11) represents the refractive index in the direction of the slow axis in the plane, ny represents the refractive index in the direction orthogonal to nx in the plane, nz represents the refractive index in the direction orthogonal to nx and ny, and d is Film thickness.
式(12)Formula (12)
Rth={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×dRth={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d
所測定之膜是無法以單軸或雙軸之折射率橢球而表現之膜,亦即無光軸(optic axis)之膜之情形時,藉由以下之方法而算出Rth(λ)。The film to be measured is a film which cannot be expressed by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, that is, a film having no optical axis (opic axis), and Rth(λ) is calculated by the following method.
Rth(λ)是將面內之遲相軸(藉由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而判斷)作為傾斜軸(旋轉軸),相對於膜之法線方向自-50度至+50度處每隔10度地分別自該傾斜之方向入射波長為λ nm之光而測定11點之所述Re(λ),基於該測定之延遲值與平均折射率之假定值及所輸入之膜厚值,由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而算出。Rth(λ) is the in-plane retardation axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH or WR) as the tilt axis (rotation axis), every 10 degrees from -50 degrees to +50 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the film. The ground is irradiated with light having a wavelength of λ nm from the oblique direction, and the Re (λ) of 11 points is measured. Based on the measured retardation value and the assumed value of the average refractive index and the input film thickness value, KOBRA 21ADH is used. Or WR to calculate.
於上述測定中,平均折射率之假定值可使用聚合物手冊(JOHN WILEY & SONS,INC)中各種光學膜之目錄值。關於平均折射率之值並非已知者,可藉由阿貝折射計而測定。將主要之光學膜之平均折射率之值例示於以下:醯化纖維素(1.48)、環烯烴聚合物(1.52)、聚碳酸酯(1.59)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(1.49)、聚苯乙烯(1.59)。藉由輸入該些平均折射率之假定值與膜厚,可由KOBRA 21ADH或WR而算出nx、ny、nz。藉由該算出之nx、ny、nz而進一步計算出Nz=(nx-nz)/(nx-ny)。In the above measurement, the assumed value of the average refractive index can be used as a catalogue value of various optical films in the Polymer Handbook (JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC). The value of the average refractive index is not known and can be measured by an Abbe refractometer. The values of the average refractive index of the main optical film are shown below: deuterated cellulose (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49), polyphenylene Ethylene (1.59). By inputting the assumed values of the average refractive indices and the film thickness, nx, ny, and nz can be calculated from KOBRA 21ADH or WR. Further, Nz = (nx - nz) / (nx - ny) is calculated by the calculated nx, ny, and nz.
Re較佳的是35 nm≦Re≦70 nm,更佳的是40 nm≦Re≦60 nm。Re is preferably 35 nm ≦ Re ≦ 70 nm, more preferably 40 nm ≦ Re ≦ 60 nm.
而且,Rth較佳的是滿足60 nm≦Rth≦300 nm,更佳的是滿足80 nm≦Rth≦150 nm。藉由設為此種Rth,可製作色偏(color shift)更少之VA用相位差膜。Moreover, Rth preferably satisfies 60 nm ≦Rth ≦ 300 nm, and more preferably satisfies 80 nm ≦Rth ≦ 150 nm. By setting such Rth, it is possible to produce a retardation film for VA having less color shift.
(波長分散)(wavelength dispersion)
本發明之膜是波長630 nm下之面內方向之延遲Re(630)與波長450 nm下之面內方向之延遲Re(450)之差ΔRe(亦即ΔRe=Re(630)-Re(450))滿足下述式(1)之逆分散膜,可改善內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時之視角色調變化。The film of the present invention is the difference ΔRe between the retardation Re (630) in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630 nm and the retardation Re (450) at a wavelength of 450 nm (that is, ΔRe=Re(630)-Re(450). )) The inverse dispersion film of the following formula (1) is satisfied, and the change in the color tone of the viewing angle when incorporated in the liquid crystal display device can be improved.
式(1)0 nm≦ΔRe≦15.0 nmEquation (1)0 nm≦ΔRe≦15.0 nm
(式中,ΔRe表示自波長630 nm下之面內方向之延遲值減去波長450 nm下之面內延遲值而所得之值(單位為nm)。)(wherein ΔRe represents a value (in nm) obtained by subtracting the in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm from the retardation value in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 630 nm.)
本發明之膜更佳的是所述ΔRe為0.5 nm~10 nm,特佳的是1.0 nm~9.0 nm。More preferably, the film of the present invention has a ΔRe of from 0.5 nm to 10 nm, particularly preferably from 1.0 nm to 9.0 nm.
(Rth/d)(Rth/d)
本發明之膜是滿足下述式(2)之膜,可兼顧膜之薄膜化及充分之Rth表現,且可降低膜之原料成本。The film of the present invention is a film satisfying the following formula (2), which can achieve both film thinning and sufficient Rth performance, and can reduce the raw material cost of the film.
式(2)2×10-3 ≦Rth/d≦6×10-3 Equation (2) 2 × 10 -3 ≦ Rth / d ≦ 6 × 10 -3
(式中,Rth表示波長550 nm下之膜厚方向之延遲值(單位為nm),d表示膜厚(單位為nm)。)(In the formula, Rth represents the retardation value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction at a wavelength of 550 nm, and d represents the film thickness (unit: nm).)
所述Rth/d較佳的是2.0×10-3 ~5.0×10-3 ,更佳的是2.5×10-3 ~4.5×10-3 。The Rth/d is preferably 2.0 × 10 -3 to 5.0 × 10 -3 , more preferably 2.5 × 10 -3 to 4.5 × 10 -3 .
(膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位之標準偏差σ600及σ-600)(Standard deviation of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film in the longitudinal direction σ600 and σ-600)
本發明之膜較佳的是膜寬度方向端部之遲相軸方位之不均的標準偏差(σ)為0.10以下。所謂膜寬度方向端部是指自膜寬度方向中央部起,於膜寬度方向上,向端部方向離開600 mm~1000 mm之部位,且自膜寬度方向端部起離開100 mm以上之任意部位,因膜寬而異。The film of the present invention preferably has a standard deviation (σ) of unevenness in the direction of the retardation axis at the end portion in the film width direction of 0.10 or less. The end portion in the film width direction is a portion that is separated from the center portion in the film width direction by 600 mm to 1000 mm in the direction of the film width, and is separated from the end portion in the film width direction by any portion of 100 mm or more. , depending on the width of the film.
自於寬幅的液晶顯示裝置中使用時可充分地起到本發明之效果的觀點考慮,較佳的是本發明之膜的膜寬為1340 mm以上且滿足下述式(4)及式(5),更佳的是滿足下述式(4')及式(5')。From the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the effects of the present invention when used in a wide-format liquid crystal display device, it is preferred that the film of the present invention has a film width of 1340 mm or more and satisfies the following formula (4) and formula ( 5) More preferably, the following formula (4') and formula (5') are satisfied.
式(4)σ600≦0.13°Equation (4) σ600≦0.13°
式(5)σ-600≦0.13°Equation (5) σ-600≦0.13°
(於式(4)及式(5)中,σ600表示自膜寬度方向之中央線起,於其中一個膜端部方向上離開600 mm之線上檢測膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位時的遲相軸方位之標準偏差,σ-600表示自膜寬度方向之中央線起,於另一個膜端部方向上離開600 mm之線上檢測膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位時的遲相軸方位之標準偏差。)(In equations (4) and (5), σ600 represents the delay from the center line in the width direction of the film to the direction of the retardation axis in the direction of the long side of the film in a direction of 600 mm from the end of one of the film ends. The standard deviation of the phase-axis orientation, σ-600 represents the direction of the slow-phase axis from the center line in the width direction of the film, and the direction of the slow-axis axis of the long-side direction of the film is detected on the line 600 mm away from the end of the other film. standard deviation.)
式(4') σ600≦0.10°Formula (4') σ600≦0.10°
式(5') σ-600≦0.10°Formula (5') σ-600≦0.10°
此處,所述σ600及σ-600較佳的是於膜長邊方向上,持續2000 m而測定時滿足式(4)及式(5),更佳的是於膜長邊方向上,持續4000 m而測定時滿足式(4)及式(5)。Here, the σ600 and σ-600 are preferably in the longitudinal direction of the film and last for 2000 m, and satisfy the formulas (4) and (5) when measured, and more preferably continue in the longitudinal direction of the film. When measured at 4000 m, the formula (4) and the formula (5) are satisfied.
膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位的標準偏差σ600及σ-600可離線(off line)測定亦可線內(in line)測定,自消除裁斷時與膜長邊方向之平衡偏移的觀點考慮,較佳的是線內測定。The standard deviation σ600 and σ-600 of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film in the longitudinal direction of the film can be measured off-line or in-line, and the balance deviation from the longitudinal direction of the film is eliminated from the viewpoint of eliminating the cutting. Preferably, the in-line assay is performed.
而且,若於膜上下晃動之條件下實施長邊方向之線內測定,則會超過實際地較大地檢測出各遲相軸不均,因此較佳的是於將膜上下之晃動抑制為2 mm以下之條件下進行測定。作為抑制此種膜上下之晃動的方法,例如可列舉一面於平行地傳遞之路徑輥上搬送本發明之膜一面進行測定之方法,較佳的是使用於0.5 mm以內平行地送出之路徑輥。Further, if the in-line measurement in the longitudinal direction is performed under the condition that the film is shaken up and down, the retardation of each of the slow phase axes is detected more than actually. Therefore, it is preferable to suppress the sway of the film up and down to 2 mm. The measurement was carried out under the following conditions. As a method of suppressing the sloshing of the film up and down, for example, a method of measuring the film of the present invention on a path roller which is transmitted in parallel is used, and it is preferable to use a path roller which is fed in parallel within 0.5 mm.
於線內測定膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位之標準偏差σ600及σ-600之情形時,對其搬送速度或檢測時間之間隔並無特別限制,可藉由任意之方法而測定。於本發明中,於以20 m/min進行搬送時,使用以0.1秒之間隔,每隔0.033 m地連續測定2000 m之資料,計算各標準偏差。When the standard deviations σ600 and σ-600 of the azimuth direction of the longitudinal direction of the film in the longitudinal direction are measured in the line, the interval between the transport speed and the detection time is not particularly limited, and can be measured by any method. In the present invention, when transporting at 20 m/min, data of 2000 m was continuously measured at intervals of 0.1 second at intervals of 0.033 m, and each standard deviation was calculated.
而且,關於膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位之標準偏差σ600及σ-600的其他測定條件,以如下之方式進行設定,藉由以下之方法進行檢測及計算。Further, the standard deviations σ600 of the retardation axis directions in the longitudinal direction of the film and other measurement conditions of σ-600 are set as follows, and detection and calculation are performed by the following methods.
裝置:高速延遲測定裝置Re100大塚電子股份有限公司製造Device: High-speed delay measuring device Re100 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
測定長度:2000 mMeasuring length: 2000 m
測定間距:於20 m/min搬送時,每隔0.1秒之連續測定Measuring pitch: continuous measurement every 0.1 seconds at 20 m/min
對於大致60000點之資料,藉由For approximately 60000 points of data, by
而算出(此處,xi 是各遲相軸角度不均,n為60000)。藉由下式And calculate (here, x i is the angle of the slow phase axis, n is 60000). By the following
而計算分散σ。The dispersion σ is calculated.
(彈性模數)(elastic modulus)
本發明之膜的膜搬送方向之彈性模數E'(MD)為3200 MPa以上,膜寬度方向之彈性模數E'(TD)之不均為0.5 GPa以下,且滿足下述式(3)。The film of the present invention has an elastic modulus E' (MD) of 3200 MPa or more in the film transport direction, and an elastic modulus E' (TD) of the film width direction of not more than 0.5 GPa, and satisfies the following formula (3). .
式(3)1.0≦E'(TD)/E'(MD)≦1.43Equation (3) 1.0≦E'(TD)/E'(MD)≦1.43
(式中,E'(MD)表示膜搬送方向之彈性模數(單位為MPa),E'(TD)表示膜寬度方向之彈性模數(單位為MPa)。)(wherein E'(MD) represents the elastic modulus (unit: MPa) in the film transport direction, and E'(TD) represents the elastic modulus (in MPa) in the film width direction.)
藉由使用滿足此種物性的膜,於偏光板加工後貼附於面板上時的顯示於面內之不均顯著減低的理由之詳細情況尚不明確。雖然不拘泥於任何理由,但實際上於包含溶液製膜法中特有的殘留揮發成分之膜的延伸中,結果可較先前進一步改善膜之彈性模數本身之值、膜之彈性模數不均(膜之彈性模數不均被認為是由於彈性模數低而產生的)。另一方面,於偏光板加工時,將製膜後之本發明之膜作為偏光板保護膜而貼附於偏光元件時,一面對膜施加拉力一面進行貼合。然而,製膜之後的膜之光學特性由於在偏光板加工時對膜所施加之寬度方向與長邊方向中不同大小的拉力而造成後天地於寬邊、長邊方向產生不均之問題,於先前並未很好地研究。因此,若使用彈性模數等物性亦得到改善的本發明之膜,則可抑制偏光板加工時對膜所施加的拉力之寬邊、長邊方向之不均一,可使偏光板之性能均一。The use of a film that satisfies such physical properties is not clear in the details of the reason why the unevenness in the surface when the polarizing plate is attached to the panel and is significantly reduced in the plane. Although it is not limited to any reason, in fact, in the extension of the film containing the residual volatile component peculiar to the solution film forming method, the result can further improve the value of the elastic modulus of the film itself and the uneven modulus of the film. (The elastic modulus unevenness of the film is considered to be due to the low modulus of elasticity). On the other hand, in the case of the polarizing plate processing, when the film of the present invention after film formation is attached as a polarizing plate protective film to the polarizing element, the film is bonded while applying a tensile force to the film. However, the optical characteristics of the film after film formation cause a problem of unevenness in the broad side and the long side direction due to the different tensile forces in the width direction and the long side direction applied to the film during the processing of the polarizing plate. Not well studied before. Therefore, when the film of the present invention having improved physical properties such as elastic modulus is used, it is possible to suppress the unevenness in the wide side and the long side direction of the tensile force applied to the film during the processing of the polarizing plate, and to make the performance of the polarizing plate uniform.
所述膜搬送方向之彈性模數E'(MD)較佳的是3200 MPa~4500 MPa,更佳的是3300 MPa~4100 MPa,特佳的是3500 MPa~4000 MPa。The elastic modulus E' (MD) of the film transport direction is preferably 3,200 MPa to 4,500 MPa, more preferably 3,300 MPa to 4,100 MPa, and particularly preferably 3,500 MPa to 4,000 MPa.
另一方面,所述膜搬送方向之彈性模數E'(TD)較佳的是3200 MPa~5000 MPa,更佳的是3300 MPa~4800 MPa,特佳的是4000 MPa~4700 MPa。On the other hand, the elastic modulus E'(TD) of the film transport direction is preferably 3,200 MPa to 5,000 MPa, more preferably 3,300 MPa to 4,800 MPa, and particularly preferably 4,000 MPa to 4,700 MPa.
而且,E'(TD)/E'(MD)較佳的是1.05~1.40,更佳的是1.10~1.35,特佳的是1.15~1.30。Further, E'(TD)/E'(MD) is preferably 1.05 to 1.40, more preferably 1.10 to 1.35, and particularly preferably 1.15 to 1.30.
膜寬度方向之彈性模數E'(TD)之不均為0.5 GPa以下,較佳的是0.4 GPa以下,特佳的是0.3 GPa以下。The elastic modulus E' (TD) in the film width direction is not more than 0.5 GPa, preferably 0.4 GPa or less, and particularly preferably 0.3 GPa or less.
(膜厚)(film thickness)
本發明之膜之厚度由所使用之偏光板之種類等而適宜決定,較佳的是30 μm~60 μm,更佳的是35 μm~55 μm。藉由使膜之厚度為60 μm以下,可降低成本而較佳。The thickness of the film of the present invention is appropriately determined depending on the type of the polarizing plate to be used, etc., and is preferably from 30 μm to 60 μm, more preferably from 35 μm to 55 μm. By making the thickness of the film 60 μm or less, the cost can be reduced and it is preferable.
(醯化纖維素膜之層結構)(layer structure of bismuth cellulose film)
本發明之膜可為單層膜,亦可具有2層以上之積層結構。特別是於醯化纖維素之取代度為2.6~2.8之情形時,較佳的是單層,於取代度為2.1~2.6之情形時,較佳的是2層以上。於此情形時,較佳的是本發明之膜具有2層以上之積層結構,各層中所含之醯化纖維素的平均總醯基取代度相互不同。The film of the present invention may be a single layer film or may have a laminated structure of two or more layers. In particular, when the degree of substitution of deuterated cellulose is 2.6 to 2.8, a single layer is preferred, and in the case of a degree of substitution of 2.1 to 2.6, preferably 2 or more layers. In this case, it is preferred that the film of the present invention has a laminated structure of two or more layers, and the average total thiol substitution degree of the cellulose-deposited cellulose contained in each layer is different from each other.
(膜寬)(film width)
本發明之膜較佳的是膜寬為1000 mm以上,更佳的是1500 mm以上,特佳的是1800 mm以上。The film of the present invention preferably has a film width of 1000 mm or more, more preferably 1500 mm or more, and particularly preferably 1800 mm or more.
<醯化纖維素><Deuterated cellulose>
(原料)(raw material)
本發明中所使用之醯化纖維素除了包含至少1種總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之醯化纖維素以外,並無特別限定。醯化纖維素較佳的是醯化纖維素,作為醯化原料之纖維素,存在有棉絨或木漿(闊葉樹紙漿、針葉樹紙漿)等,無論是由何種原料纖維素所得之醯化纖維素均可使用,亦可視情況而混合使用。關於此種原料纖維素的詳細記載,例如可使用丸澤、宇田著、「塑膠材料講座(17)纖維素系樹脂」日刊工業新聞社(1970年發行)或發明協會公開技報公技編號2001-1745號(第7頁~第8頁)中所記載之纖維素。The cellulose deuterated cellulose used in the present invention is not particularly limited, except that it contains at least one deuterated cellulose having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8. Deuterated cellulose is preferably cellulose deuterated. As the cellulose of the deuterated raw material, there are lint or wood pulp (broadwood pulp, conifer pulp), etc., regardless of the raw material cellulose obtained from the deuterated fiber. Both can be used and can be mixed as appropriate. For the detailed description of the raw material cellulose, for example, Maruzawa and Uda, "Plastic Materials Lecture (17) Cellulose Resin", Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun (issued in 1970), or Invention Association Public Technical Report No. 2001 Cellulose described in No. 1745 (pages 7 to 8).
首先,對本發明中較佳使用之醯化纖維素加以詳細記載。構成纖維素之β-1,4鍵結之葡萄糖單元於2位、3位及6位具有游離之羥基。醯化纖維素是該些羥基之一部分或全部被碳數為2以上之醯基酯化而成之聚合物(polymer)。醯基取代度表示位於2位、3位及6位的纖維素之羥基酯化之比例(100%之酯化為取代度1)。First, the cellulose deuterated cellulose preferably used in the present invention will be described in detail. The glucose unit constituting the β-1,4 bond of cellulose has a free hydroxyl group at the 2, 3 and 6 positions. The deuterated cellulose is a polymer obtained by esterifying a part or all of the hydroxyl groups with a mercapto group having 2 or more carbon atoms. The thiol substitution degree indicates the ratio of hydroxy esterification of cellulose at the 2, 3, and 6 positions (100% esterification to degree of substitution 1).
本發明之膜之所述醯化纖維素的總醯基取代度,亦即DS2+DS3+DS6為2.1~2.8,較佳的是2.2~2.7,更佳的是2.3~2.7,特佳的是2.4~2.6。而且,DS6/(DS2+DS3+DS6)較佳的是0.08~0.66,更佳的是0.15~0.60,進一步更佳的是0.20~0.45。此處,DS2是葡萄糖單元之2位的羥基之醯基取代度(以下亦稱為「2位之醯基取代度」),DS3是3位之羥基的醯基取代度(以下亦稱為「3位之醯基取代度」),DS6是6位之羥基的醯基取代度(以下亦稱為「6位之醯基取代度」)。而且,DS6/(DS2+DS3+DS6)是6位之醯基取代度相對於總醯基取代度的比例,以下亦稱為「6位之醯基取代率」。The total thiol substitution degree of the deuterated cellulose of the film of the present invention, that is, DS2+DS3+DS6 is 2.1 to 2.8, preferably 2.2 to 2.7, more preferably 2.3 to 2.7, particularly preferably 2.4 to 2.6. Further, DS6/(DS2+DS3+DS6) is preferably from 0.08 to 0.66, more preferably from 0.15 to 0.60, still more preferably from 0.20 to 0.45. Here, DS2 is the thiol substitution degree of the hydroxyl group at the 2-position of the glucose unit (hereinafter also referred to as "the thiol substitution degree of the 2-position"), and DS3 is the thiol substitution degree of the hydroxyl group at the 3 position (hereinafter also referred to as " The thiol substitution degree of the 3 position is "), and DS6 is the thiol substitution degree of the 6-position hydroxy group (hereinafter also referred to as "6-position thiol substitution degree"). Further, DS6/(DS2+DS3+DS6) is a ratio of the thiol substitution degree of the 6-position to the total thiol substitution degree, and is also referred to as a "6-position thiol substitution rate" hereinafter.
本發明之膜中所使用之醯化纖維素的醯基可僅為1種,或者亦可使用2種以上之醯基。於使用2種以上醯基時,較佳的是其中一種為乙醯基,作為碳數為2~4之醯基,較佳的是丙醯基或丁醯基。若將2位、3位及6位之羥基的乙醯基取代度之總和記為DSA,將2位、3位及6位之羥基的丙醯基或丁醯基取代度之總和記為DSB,則DSA+DSB之值較佳的是1.5~2.7。DSB之值較佳的是0~1.70,更佳的是0~1.2,特佳的是0~0.5,於本發明中進一步特佳的是0,亦即所述醯化纖維素為乙酸纖維素。藉由使DSA與DSB之值為上述範圍,可獲得由於環境濕度所造成之Re值、Rth值之變化小的膜而較佳。The mercaptan group used in the film of the present invention may have only one type of mercapto group, or two or more kinds of mercapto groups may be used. When two or more kinds of fluorenyl groups are used, it is preferred that one of them is an ethyl group, and the fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 4 is preferably a fluorenyl group or a butyl group. If the sum of the degree of substitution of the ethyl group of the hydroxyl groups at the 2, 3, and 6 positions is DSA, and the sum of the substitution degrees of the propyl group or the butyl group of the 2, 3, and 6 hydroxyl groups is referred to as DSB, The value of DSA+DSB is preferably 1.5 to 2.7. The value of DSB is preferably 0 to 1.70, more preferably 0 to 1.2, particularly preferably 0 to 0.5, and further preferably 0 in the present invention, that is, the cellulose deuterated cellulose is cellulose acetate. . By setting the values of DSA and DSB to the above range, it is preferable to obtain a film having a small change in Re value and Rth value due to environmental humidity.
另外,作為DSB,其28%以上為6位羥基之取代基,更佳的是30%以上為6位羥基之取代基,進一步更佳的是31%以上為6位羥基之取代基,特別是32%以上為6位羥基之取代基亦較佳。藉由該些膜,可製作溶解性較佳之溶液,特別是於非氯系有機溶劑中,可製作良好之溶液。另外可製成黏度低且過濾性佳之溶液。Further, as DSB, 28% or more is a substituent of a hydroxyl group at the 6-position, more preferably 30% or more is a substituent of a hydroxyl group at the 6-position, and still more preferably 31% or more is a substituent of a hydroxyl group at the 6-position, particularly It is also preferred that 32% or more of the substituents of the 6-position hydroxyl group. By these membranes, a solution having a better solubility can be produced, and in particular, in a non-chlorine-based organic solvent, a good solution can be produced. In addition, a solution having low viscosity and good filterability can be obtained.
作為本發明中之醯化纖維素的碳數為2以上之醯基,可為脂肪族基亦可為烯丙基,並無特別限定。該些化合物例如為纖維素之烷基羰基酯、烯基羰基酯或芳香族羰基酯、芳香族烷基羰基酯等,且亦可分別具有進一步被取代之基。該些基之較佳例可列舉丙醯基、丁醯基、庚醯基、己醯基、辛醯基、癸醯基、十二醯基、十三醯基、十四醯基、十六醯基、十八醯基、異丁醯基、第三丁醯基、環己基甲醯基、油醯基、苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基、肉桂醯基等。該些基中更佳的是丙醯基、丁醯基、十二醯基、十八醯基、第三丁醯基、油醯基、苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基、肉桂醯基等,特佳的是丙醯基、丁醯基。The mercapto group having 2 or more carbon atoms in the deuterated cellulose in the present invention may be an aliphatic group or an allyl group, and is not particularly limited. These compounds are, for example, alkylcarbonyl esters, alkenylcarbonyl esters or aromatic carbonyl esters of cellulose, aromatic alkylcarbonyl esters, and the like, and may each have a further substituted group. Preferred examples of the bases include a propyl group, a butyl group, a fluorenyl group, a hexyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a hexadecanyl group, a hexadecanyl group, and a decyl group. An octadecyl group, an isobutyl sulfhydryl group, a tert-butyl fluorenyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl fluorenyl group, an oil sulfhydryl group, a benzamidine group, a naphthylmethyl group, a cinnamyl group, and the like. More preferred among these groups are propyl, butyl, decyl, octadecyl, tert-butyl, oleyl, benzhydryl, naphthyl, cinnamyl, etc. It is a propyl group and a butyl group.
於纖維素之醯化中,於使用酸酐或醯氯作為醯化劑之情形時,作為反應溶劑之有機溶劑可使用有機酸(例如乙酸)、二氯甲烷等。In the case of the deuteration of cellulose, when an acid anhydride or hydrazine chloride is used as the deuteration agent, an organic acid (for example, acetic acid), dichloromethane or the like can be used as the organic solvent of the reaction solvent.
作為觸媒,於醯化劑為酸酐之情形時,可較佳地使用如硫酸這樣的質子性觸媒,於醯化劑為醯氯(例如CH3 CH2 COCl)之情形時,可使用鹼性化合物。As the catalyst, in the case where the oximation agent is an acid anhydride, a protonic catalyst such as sulfuric acid can be preferably used, and in the case where the oximation agent is ruthenium chloride (for example, CH 3 CH 2 COCl), a base can be used. Sex compounds.
最通常的纖維素之混合脂肪酸酯的工業性合成方法是藉由包含與乙醯基及其他醯基對應之脂肪酸(乙酸、丙酸、戊酸等)或該些酸之酸酐的混合有機酸成分對纖維素進行醯化的方法。The most common industrial synthesis method of mixed fatty acid esters of cellulose is by mixing organic acids containing fatty acids (acetic acid, propionic acid, valeric acid, etc.) corresponding to ethyl hydrazino groups and other sulfhydryl groups or anhydrides of the acids. A method of deuterating cellulose by a component.
本發明中所使用之醯化纖維素例如可藉由日本專利特開平10-45804號公報中所記載之方法而合成。The deuterated cellulose used in the present invention can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-45804.
<添加劑><additive>
本發明之膜亦可包含各種添加劑。The film of the present invention may also contain various additives.
於本發明中,作為添加劑,可廣泛採用作為醯化纖維素膜之添加劑而公知的高分子量添加劑及低分子量添加劑。In the present invention, as the additive, a high molecular weight additive and a low molecular weight additive which are known as additives for the deuterated cellulose film can be widely used.
於本發明之膜中,添加劑之添加量相對於醯化纖維素而言較佳的是1 wt%~35 wt%,更佳的是4 wt%~30 wt%,進一步更佳的是10 wt%~25 wt%。若添加劑之添加量為1 wt%以上,則容易應對溫度濕度變化,若添加量為35 wt%以下,則膜難以白化。另外,物理特性亦變優異。In the film of the present invention, the additive is preferably added in an amount of from 1 wt% to 35 wt%, more preferably from 4 wt% to 30 wt%, still more preferably 10 wt%, relative to the deuterated cellulose. %~25 wt%. When the amount of the additive added is 1 wt% or more, the temperature and humidity change are easily dealt with, and when the amount added is 35 wt% or less, the film is less likely to be whitened. In addition, the physical properties are also excellent.
此處,本發明中之所謂添加劑是指以提高本發明之醯化纖維素膜之諸功能等為目的而添加的成分。亦即,雜質或殘留溶劑等並非本發明中之添加劑。Here, the term "additive" in the present invention means a component added for the purpose of improving the functions and the like of the cellulose fluorite film of the present invention. That is, impurities, residual solvents, and the like are not additives in the present invention.
而且,於本發明中,可使用2種以上之添加劑。藉由使用2種以上而具有如下之優點:由於各個添加劑,可兼顧光學特性、膜彈性模數、膜脆性、或腹板操作(web handling)適應性。Further, in the present invention, two or more kinds of additives may be used. By using two or more types, there are advantages in that optical properties, film elastic modulus, film brittleness, or web handling adaptability can be achieved due to the respective additives.
作為所述添加劑,例如可添加縮聚酯;延遲調整劑(延遲表現劑及延遲降低劑.;鄰苯二甲酸酯、磷酸酯系化合物等塑化劑;劣化(氧化)抑制劑;紫外線吸收劑;消光劑;有機酸(亦可為剝離促進劑);糖酯化合物等添加劑。As the additive, for example, a polycondensation ester; a retardation adjuster (a delayed expression agent and a retardation reducing agent; a plasticizer such as a phthalate or a phosphate compound; a deterioration (oxidation) inhibitor; Agent; matting agent; organic acid (may also be a stripping accelerator); additives such as sugar ester compounds.
以下,對可用於本發明之膜中的添加劑加以詳細之說明。Hereinafter, the additives which can be used in the film of the present invention will be described in detail.
(縮聚酯)(polyester)
本發明之縮聚酯較佳的是由至少一種具有芳香環之二羧酸(亦稱為芳香族二羧酸)與至少一種脂肪族二羧酸之混合物(例如碳數之平均為5.5以上10.0以下之二羧酸)與至少一種平均碳數為2.5以上7.0以下之脂肪族二醇而所得。The polycondensation of the present invention is preferably a mixture of at least one dicarboxylic acid having an aromatic ring (also referred to as an aromatic dicarboxylic acid) and at least one aliphatic dicarboxylic acid (for example, an average carbon number of 5.5 or more and 10.0) The following dicarboxylic acid) is obtained by at least one aliphatic diol having an average carbon number of 2.5 or more and 7.0 or less.
脂肪族二羧酸殘基之平均碳數的計算於二羧酸殘基與二醇殘基中個別地進行。The calculation of the average carbon number of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue is carried out individually in the dicarboxylic acid residue and the diol residue.
將二羧酸殘基之組成比(莫耳分率)乘於構成碳數而算出之值作為平均碳數。例如,於由己二酸殘基50莫耳%與鄰苯二甲酸殘基50莫耳%構成之情形時,平均碳數成為7.0。The value calculated by multiplying the composition ratio (mole fraction) of the dicarboxylic acid residue by the carbon number is defined as the average carbon number. For example, in the case where the adipic acid residue is 50 mol% and the phthalic acid residue is 50 mol%, the average carbon number is 7.0.
而且,於二醇殘基之情形時亦同樣,脂肪族二醇殘基之平均碳數是脂肪族二醇殘基之組成比(莫耳分率)乘於構成碳數而算出之值。例如由乙二醇殘基50莫耳%與1,2-丙二醇殘基50莫耳%而構成之情形時,平均碳數成為2.5。Further, in the case of the diol residue, the average carbon number of the aliphatic diol residue is a value calculated by multiplying the composition ratio (molar fraction) of the aliphatic diol residue by the carbon number. For example, when the ethylene glycol residue is 50 mol% and the 1,2-propanediol residue is 50 mol%, the average carbon number is 2.5.
縮聚酯之數量平均分子量較佳的是500~2000,更佳的是600~1500,進一步更佳的是700~1200。若縮聚酯之數量平均分子量為600以上,則揮發性變低,變得難以產生由於纖維素酯膜在延伸時的高溫條件下揮發而造成之膜故障或步驟污染。而且,若為2000以下,則與纖維素酯之相容性變高,變得難以產生製膜時及加熱延伸時之滲出(bleed out)。The number average molecular weight of the polycondensation ester is preferably from 500 to 2,000, more preferably from 600 to 1,500, still more preferably from 700 to 1200. When the number average molecular weight of the polycondensation ester is 600 or more, the volatility becomes low, and it becomes difficult to cause film failure or step contamination due to volatilization of the cellulose ester film under high temperature conditions during elongation. Further, when the ratio is 2,000 or less, the compatibility with the cellulose ester becomes high, and it becomes difficult to cause bleeding at the time of film formation and heating extension.
本發明之縮聚酯之數量平均分子量可藉由凝膠滲透層析法而測定、評價。而且,於末端未封端之聚酯多元醇之情形時,亦可藉由單位重量之羥基之量(以下稱為羥值)而算出。羥值是將聚酯多元醇乙醯化之後,測定中和過剩之乙酸所必須之氫氧化鉀之量(mg)。The number average molecular weight of the polycondensation ester of the present invention can be measured and evaluated by gel permeation chromatography. Further, in the case of a polyester polyol which is not terminated at the end, it may be calculated by the amount of hydroxyl groups per unit weight (hereinafter referred to as a hydroxyl value). The hydroxyl value is the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide necessary to neutralize excess acetic acid after the polyester polyol is ethoxylated.
作為本發明之芳香族二羧酸與脂肪族二羧酸之混合物的二羧酸,較佳的是碳數之平均為5.5以上10.0以下的二羧酸。更佳的是5.6以上8以下。The dicarboxylic acid which is a mixture of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid and the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid of the present invention is preferably a dicarboxylic acid having an average carbon number of 5.5 or more and 10.0 or less. More preferably, it is 5.6 or more and 8 or less.
若碳數之平均為5.5以上,則可獲得耐久性優異之偏光板。若碳數之平均為10以下,則對纖維素酯之相容性優異,且可抑制於纖維素酯膜之製膜過程中產生滲出。When the average number of carbon atoms is 5.5 or more, a polarizing plate excellent in durability can be obtained. When the average carbon number is 10 or less, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is excellent, and the occurrence of bleeding during the film formation of the cellulose ester film can be suppressed.
本發明之縮聚酯可作為塑化劑而使用。The polycondensation polyester of the present invention can be used as a plasticizer.
芳香族二羧酸殘基包含於由二醇與包含芳香族二羧酸之二羧酸而所得之縮聚酯中。The aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue is contained in a polycondensate obtained from a diol and a dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic dicarboxylic acid.
於本說明書中,所謂殘基是表示於縮聚酯之部分結構中,具有形成縮聚酯之單體的特徵的部分結構。例如,由二羧酸HOOC-R-COOH而形成之二羧酸殘基為-OC-R-CO-。In the present specification, the residue is a partial structure which has a characteristic of a monomer which forms a polycondensation in a partial structure of a polycondensation. For example, the dicarboxylic acid residue formed from the dicarboxylic acid HOOC-R-COOH is -OC-R-CO-.
較佳的是本發明中所使用之縮聚酯之芳香族二羧酸殘基比率為40 mol%以上,較佳的是40 mol%~95 mol%。更佳的是45 mol%~70 mol%,進一步更佳的是50 mol%~70 mol%。It is preferred that the ratio of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue of the polycondensation ester used in the present invention is 40 mol% or more, preferably 40 mol% to 95 mol%. More preferably, it is 45 mol% to 70 mol%, and still more preferably 50 mol% to 70 mol%.
藉由使芳香族二羧酸殘基比率為40 mol%以上,可獲得顯示充分之光學異向性的纖維素酯膜,且可獲得耐久性優異之偏光板。而且,若為95 mol%以下,則與纖維素酯之相容性優異,即使於纖維素酯膜之製膜時及加熱延伸時亦可使滲出難以產生。When the ratio of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue is 40 mol% or more, a cellulose ester film exhibiting sufficient optical anisotropy can be obtained, and a polarizing plate excellent in durability can be obtained. Further, when it is 95 mol% or less, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is excellent, and bleeding can be prevented from occurring even during film formation of the cellulose ester film and during heating and stretching.
本發明中所使用之芳香族二羧酸例如可列舉鄰苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、1,5-萘二甲酸、1,4-萘二甲酸、1,8-萘二甲酸、2,8-萘二甲酸或2,6-萘二甲酸等。較佳的是鄰苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、2,6-萘二甲酸,更佳的是鄰苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸,進一步更佳的是對苯二甲酸。Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid used in the present invention include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, and 1,8-naphthalene. Dicarboxylic acid, 2,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid or 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Preferred are phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, more preferred are phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and still more preferably terephthalic acid.
於縮聚酯中,由混合使用之芳香族二羧酸而形成芳香族二羧酸殘基。In the polycondensation, an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue is formed by mixing an aromatic dicarboxylic acid.
具體而言,芳香族二羧酸殘基較佳的是包含鄰苯二甲酸殘基、對苯二甲酸殘基、間苯二甲酸殘基之至少1種,更佳的是包含鄰苯二甲酸殘基、對苯二甲酸殘基之至少1種,進一步更佳的是包含對苯二甲酸殘基。Specifically, the aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue preferably contains at least one of a phthalic acid residue, a terephthalic acid residue, and an isophthalic acid residue, and more preferably contains phthalic acid. At least one of a residue and a terephthalic acid residue, and more preferably a terephthalic acid residue.
亦即,於縮聚酯之形成的混合中,藉由使用對苯二甲酸作為芳香族二羧酸,與纖維素酯之相容性更優異,即使於纖維素酯膜之製膜時及加熱延伸時亦可製成難以產生滲出之纖維素酯膜。而且,芳香族二羧酸可使用1種,亦可使用2種以上。於使用2種之情形時,較佳的是使用鄰苯二甲酸與對苯二甲酸。That is, in the mixing of the formation of the polycondensation, by using terephthalic acid as the aromatic dicarboxylic acid, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is more excellent, even when the cellulose ester film is formed and heated. When extended, a cellulose ester film which is hard to bleed out can also be produced. Further, one type of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of using two kinds, it is preferred to use phthalic acid and terephthalic acid.
藉由併用鄰苯二甲酸與對苯二甲酸這2種芳香族二羧酸,可軟化常溫下之縮聚酯,於操作變容易之方面而言較佳。By using a combination of two kinds of aromatic dicarboxylic acids, phthalic acid and terephthalic acid, the polyester can be softened at room temperature, which is preferable in terms of ease of handling.
縮聚酯之二羧酸殘基中的對苯二甲酸殘基之含量較佳的是40 mol%~95 mol%,較佳的是45 mol%~70 mol%,較佳的是50 mol%~70 mol%。The content of the terephthalic acid residue in the dicarboxylic acid residue of the polycondensation ester is preferably from 40 mol% to 95 mol%, preferably from 45 mol% to 70 mol%, preferably 50 mol%. ~70 mol%.
藉由使對苯二甲酸殘基比率為40 mol%以上,可獲得顯示出充分之光學異向性的纖維素酯膜。而且,若為95 mol%以下,則與纖維素酯之相容性優異,即使於纖維素酯膜之製膜時及加熱延伸時亦可使滲出難以產生。By setting the terephthalic acid residue ratio to 40 mol% or more, a cellulose ester film exhibiting sufficient optical anisotropy can be obtained. Further, when it is 95 mol% or less, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is excellent, and bleeding can be prevented from occurring even during film formation of the cellulose ester film and during heating and stretching.
脂肪族二羧酸殘基包含於由二醇與包含脂肪族二羧酸之二羧酸而所得的縮聚酯中。The aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue is contained in the polycondensate obtained from the diol and the dicarboxylic acid containing the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid.
於本說明書中,所謂殘基是表示於縮聚酯之部分結構中,具有形成縮聚酯之單體的特徵的部分結構。例如,由二羧酸HOOC-R-COOH而形成之二羧酸殘基為-OC-R-CO-。In the present specification, the residue is a partial structure which has a characteristic of a monomer which forms a polycondensation in a partial structure of a polycondensation. For example, the dicarboxylic acid residue formed from the dicarboxylic acid HOOC-R-COOH is -OC-R-CO-.
作為於本發明中較佳使用之脂肪族二羧酸,例如可列舉草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸、軟木酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十二烷二甲酸或1,4-環己二甲酸等。Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid preferably used in the present invention include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, and softwood acid. Azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid or 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, and the like.
於縮聚酯中,由混合使用之脂肪族二羧酸而形成脂肪族二羧酸殘基。In the polycondensation, an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue is formed from a mixed aliphatic dicarboxylic acid.
二羧酸殘基較佳的是平均碳數為5.5以上10.0以下,更佳的是5.5~8.0,進一步更佳的是5.5~7.0。若脂肪族二醇之平均碳數為7.0以下,則可減低化合物之加熱減量,且可防止面狀故障之產生(認為面狀故障的原因是醯化纖維素腹板乾燥時之滲出所造成之步驟污染)。而且,若脂肪族二醇之平均碳數為2.5以上,則相容性優異,難以產生縮聚酯之析出而較佳。The dicarboxylic acid residue preferably has an average carbon number of 5.5 or more and 10.0 or less, more preferably 5.5 to 8.0, still more preferably 5.5 to 7.0. If the average carbon number of the aliphatic diol is 7.0 or less, the heating loss of the compound can be reduced, and the occurrence of a planar failure can be prevented (it is considered that the cause of the planar failure is caused by the bleed out of the cellulose expanded web. Step pollution). Further, when the average carbon number of the aliphatic diol is 2.5 or more, the compatibility is excellent, and precipitation of the polycondensation is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
具體而言,較佳的是包含琥珀酸殘基,於使用2種之情形時,較佳的是包含琥珀酸殘基與己二酸殘基。Specifically, it is preferred to contain a succinic acid residue, and in the case of using two kinds, it is preferred to contain a succinic acid residue and an adipic acid residue.
亦即,於形成縮聚酯的混合中,脂肪族二羧酸可使用1種,亦可使用2種以上,於使用2種之情形時,較佳的是使用琥珀酸與己二酸。於使用1種之情形時,較佳的是使用琥珀酸。可將二醇殘基之平均碳數調整為所期望之值,且於與纖維素酯之相容性之方面而言較佳。In other words, in the mixing of the polycondensation polyester, one type of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two types are used, succinic acid and adipic acid are preferably used. In the case of using one type, it is preferred to use succinic acid. The average carbon number of the diol residue can be adjusted to a desired value, and is preferable in terms of compatibility with the cellulose ester.
於本發明中,二羧酸較佳的是使用2種或3種。於使用2種之情形時,必須使用脂肪族二羧酸與芳香族二羧酸各1種;於使用3種之情形時,可使用1種脂肪族二羧酸與2種芳香族二羧酸、或者2種脂肪族二羧酸與1種芳香族二羧酸。其原因在於:可容易地調整二羧酸殘基之平均碳數之值,且使芳香族二羧酸殘基之含量為較佳之範圍,可提高偏光元件之耐久性。In the present invention, it is preferred to use two or three kinds of dicarboxylic acids. When two types are used, one type of aliphatic dicarboxylic acid and one type of aromatic dicarboxylic acid must be used. When three types are used, one type of aliphatic dicarboxylic acid and two kinds of aromatic dicarboxylic acids can be used. Or two aliphatic dicarboxylic acids and one aromatic dicarboxylic acid. The reason for this is that the value of the average carbon number of the dicarboxylic acid residue can be easily adjusted, and the content of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue is preferably in a range, and the durability of the polarizing element can be improved.
脂肪族二醇殘基包含於由脂肪族二醇與包含二羧酸之二羧酸而所得之縮聚酯中。The aliphatic diol residue is contained in the polycondensate obtained from the aliphatic diol and the dicarboxylic acid containing the dicarboxylic acid.
於本說明書中,所謂殘基是表示於縮聚酯之部分結構中,具有形成縮聚酯之單體的特徵的部分結構。例如,由二醇HO-R-OH而形成之二醇殘基為-O-R-O-。In the present specification, the residue is a partial structure which has a characteristic of a monomer which forms a polycondensation in a partial structure of a polycondensation. For example, the diol residue formed from the diol HO-R-OH is -O-R-O-.
作為形成縮聚酯之二醇,可列舉芳香族二醇及脂肪族二醇,至少包含脂肪族二醇。Examples of the diol forming the polycondensation ester include an aromatic diol and an aliphatic diol, and at least an aliphatic diol.
較佳的是於縮聚酯中包含平均碳數為2.5以上7.0以下之脂肪族二醇殘基。較佳的是平均碳數為2.5以上4.0以下之脂肪族二醇殘基。若脂肪族二醇殘基之平均碳數為3.0以下,則與纖維素酯之相容性並不降低,變得難以產生滲出,而且化合物之加熱減量並不過於增大,難以產生面狀故障(認為面狀故障的原因是醯化纖維素腹板乾燥時之步驟污染)。而且,若脂肪族二醇殘基之平均碳數不足2.0,則合成變困難。It is preferred to include an aliphatic diol residue having an average carbon number of 2.5 or more and 7.0 or less in the polycondensation polyester. Preferred are aliphatic diol residues having an average carbon number of 2.5 or more and 4.0 or less. When the average carbon number of the aliphatic diol residue is 3.0 or less, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is not lowered, and it becomes difficult to cause bleed out, and the heating loss of the compound is not excessively increased, and it is difficult to cause a planar failure. (The reason for the planar failure is that the step of the deuterated cellulose web is contaminated when it is dry). Further, if the average carbon number of the aliphatic diol residue is less than 2.0, the synthesis becomes difficult.
作為本發明中所使用之脂肪族二醇,可列舉烷二醇或脂環族二醇類,例如有乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、2,2-二甲基-1,3-丙二醇(新戊二醇)、2,2-二乙基-1,3-丙二醇(3,3-二羥甲基戊烷)、2-正丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇(3,3-二羥甲基庚烷)、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇、1,10-癸二醇、1,12-十八烷二醇、二乙二醇、環己烷二甲醇等,較佳的是該些化合物與乙二醇一同製成1種或2種以上之混合物而使用。The aliphatic diol used in the present invention may, for example, be an alkanediol or an alicyclic glycol such as ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol or 1,2-butanediol. , 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol ( Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dihydroxymethylpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3 , 3-dimethylol heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecane The alcohol, diethylene glycol, cyclohexane dimethanol, etc., are preferably used in combination with ethylene glycol in one or a mixture of two or more.
較佳之脂肪族二醇是乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、及1,3-丙二醇之至少1種,特佳的是乙二醇、及1,2-丙二醇之至少1種。於使用2種之情形時,較佳的是使用乙二醇、及1,2-丙二醇。藉由使用1,2-丙二醇、或1,3-丙二醇,可防止縮聚酯之結晶化。The aliphatic diol is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, and 1,3-propanediol, and more preferably at least one of ethylene glycol and 1,2-propylene glycol. In the case of using two kinds, it is preferred to use ethylene glycol and 1,2-propanediol. Crystallization of the polycondensation can be prevented by using 1,2-propanediol or 1,3-propanediol.
於縮聚酯中,由混合使用之二醇而形成二醇殘基。In the polycondensation, a diol residue is formed from a diol which is used in combination.
二醇殘基較佳的是包含乙二醇殘基、1,2-丙二醇殘基、及1,3-丙二醇殘基之至少1種,更佳的是乙二醇殘基或1,2-丙二醇殘基。The diol residue preferably contains at least one of an ethylene glycol residue, a 1,2-propanediol residue, and a 1,3-propanediol residue, more preferably an ethylene glycol residue or 1,2- Propylene glycol residue.
於脂肪族二醇殘基中,較佳的是乙二醇殘基為20 mol%~100 mol%,更佳的是50 mol%~100 mol%。In the aliphatic diol residue, it is preferred that the ethylene glycol residue is from 20 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably from 50 mol% to 100 mol%.
本發明之縮聚酯之末端可並不封端而保持為二醇或羧酸,或者亦可進一步使其與單羧酸類或單醇類反應,實施所謂之末端封端。The end of the polycondensation polyester of the present invention may be maintained as a diol or a carboxylic acid without being blocked, or may be further reacted with a monocarboxylic acid or a monool to carry out so-called end capping.
作為封端中所使用之單羧酸類,較佳的是乙酸、丙酸、丁酸等,更佳的是乙酸或丙酸,最佳的是乙酸。作為封端中所使用之單醇類,較佳的是甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、異丁醇等,最佳的是甲醇。若縮聚酯之末端所使用之單羧酸類的碳數為3以下,則化合物之加熱減量並不變大,不產生面狀故障。As the monocarboxylic acid used in the capping, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid or the like is preferred, and acetic acid or propionic acid is more preferred, and acetic acid is most preferred. As the monool used in the capping, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol or the like is preferred, and methanol is most preferred. When the number of carbon atoms of the monocarboxylic acid used in the end of the polycondensation is 3 or less, the heating loss of the compound does not become large, and no planar failure occurs.
本發明之縮聚酯之末端更佳的是並不密封而保持為二醇殘基,或者更佳的是利用乙酸或丙酸之封端。The end of the polycondensate of the present invention is more preferably not sealed to remain as a diol residue, or more preferably blocked with acetic acid or propionic acid.
本發明之縮聚酯之兩末端無論是封端、未封端均可。Both ends of the polycondensate of the present invention may be blocked or uncapped.
於縮合體之兩末端未封端之情形時,較佳的是縮聚酯為聚酯多元醇。In the case where both ends of the condensate are not blocked, it is preferred that the polycondensation ester is a polyester polyol.
作為本發明之縮聚酯之態樣之一,脂肪族二醇殘基之碳數為2.5以上7.0以下,可列舉縮合體之兩末端未封端之縮聚酯。As one of the aspects of the polycondensation of the present invention, the aliphatic diol residue has a carbon number of 2.5 or more and 7.0 or less, and examples thereof include a polycondensation product in which both ends of the condensate are not blocked.
於縮合體之兩末端被封端之情形時,較佳的是使其與單羧酸反應而封端。此時,該縮聚酯之兩末端成為單羧酸殘基。於本說明書中,所謂殘基是表示於縮聚酯之部分結構中,具有形成縮聚酯之單體的特徵的部分結構。例如,由單羧酸R-COOH而形成之單羧酸殘基為R-CO-。較佳的是脂肪族單羧酸殘基,更佳的是單羧酸殘基為碳數為22以下之脂肪族單羧酸殘基,進一步更佳的是碳數為3以下之脂肪族單羧酸殘基。而且,較佳的是碳數為2以上之脂肪族單羧酸殘基,特佳的是碳數為2之脂肪族單羧酸殘基。In the case where both ends of the condensate are blocked, it is preferred to carry out blocking with a monocarboxylic acid. At this time, both ends of the polycondensate become monocarboxylic acid residues. In the present specification, the residue is a partial structure which has a characteristic of a monomer which forms a polycondensation in a partial structure of a polycondensation. For example, the monocarboxylic acid residue formed from the monocarboxylic acid R-COOH is R-CO-. Preferred is an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue, more preferably the monocarboxylic acid residue is an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue having a carbon number of 22 or less, and even more preferably an aliphatic single having a carbon number of 3 or less. Carboxylic acid residue. Further, an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue having 2 or more carbon atoms is preferred, and an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid residue having 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
作為本發明之縮聚酯之態樣之一,可列舉脂肪族二醇殘基之碳數大於2.5且為7.0以下,縮合體之兩末端是單羧酸殘基的縮聚酯。One of the aspects of the polycondensation of the present invention is a polycondensation ester in which the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic diol residue is more than 2.5 and 7.0 or less, and both ends of the condensate are monocarboxylic acid residues.
若縮聚酯之兩末端的單羧酸殘基之碳數為3以下,則揮發性降低,縮聚酯之由於加熱所造成之減量並不變大,可減低步驟污染之產生或面狀故障之產生。If the carbon number of the monocarboxylic acid residue at both ends of the polycondensate is 3 or less, the volatility is lowered, and the reduction of the polycondensation due to heating does not become large, and the step contamination or the planar failure can be reduced. Produced.
亦即,作為封端中所使用之單羧酸類,較佳的是脂肪族單羧酸。單羧酸更佳的是碳數為2~22之脂肪族單羧酸,進一步更佳的是碳數為2~3之脂肪族單羧酸,特佳的是碳數為2之脂肪族單羧酸殘基。That is, as the monocarboxylic acid used in the capping, an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is preferred. More preferably, the monocarboxylic acid is an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having 2 to 22 carbon atoms, still more preferably an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an aliphatic single having 2 carbon atoms. Carboxylic acid residue.
例如,較佳的是乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、苯甲酸及其衍生物等,更佳的是乙酸或丙酸,最佳的是乙酸。For example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, benzoic acid and derivatives thereof and the like are preferred, and acetic acid or propionic acid is more preferred, and acetic acid is most preferred.
封端中所使用之單羧酸亦可混合2種以上。Two or more kinds of monocarboxylic acids used for blocking may be mixed.
本發明之縮聚酯之兩末端較佳的是利用乙酸或丙酸之封端,最佳的是藉由乙酸封端而使兩末端成為乙醯基酯殘基(有時亦稱為乙醯基殘基)。Preferably, the ends of the polycondensate of the present invention are blocked with acetic acid or propionic acid, and most preferably the ends of the polycondensate are blocked with acetic acid to form an ethyl phthalate residue (sometimes referred to as acetamidine). Base residue).
於對兩末端進行封端之情形時,可獲得常溫下之狀態難以變為固體形狀,操作變良好,且濕度穩定性、偏光板耐久性優異之纖維素酯膜。When the both ends are blocked, it is possible to obtain a cellulose ester film which is difficult to be in a solid state at a normal temperature, has a good operation, and is excellent in humidity stability and durability of a polarizing plate.
於以下之表1中記載本發明之縮聚酯之具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。Specific examples of the polycondensation ester of the present invention are described in Table 1 below, but are not limited to these specific examples.
本發明之縮聚酯之合成可藉由熱熔融縮合法(所述熱熔融縮合法利用了藉由常法而使二醇與二羧酸進行聚酯化反應或酯交換反應),或者該些酸之醯氯與二醇類之界面縮合法之任意方法而容易地合成獲得。而且,關於本發明之縮聚酯,於村井孝一編者「塑化劑、其理論與應用」(幸書房股份有限公司、昭和48年3月1日初版第1版發行)中有所詳細記載。而且,亦可利用日本專利特開平05-155809號、日本專利特開平05-155810號、日本專利特開平5-197073號、日本專利特開2006-259494號、日本專利特開平07-330670號、日本專利特開2006-342227號、日本專利特開2007-003679號各公報等中所記載之素材。The synthesis of the polycondensation ester of the present invention can be carried out by a hot melt condensation method (the hot melt condensation method utilizes a polyesterification reaction or a transesterification reaction of a diol with a dicarboxylic acid by a usual method), or It is easily synthesized by any method of interfacial condensation of acid and hydrazine with a diol. Further, the polycondensation of the present invention is described in detail in "Editor, Theory and Application" (fortunately, Shusuke Co., Ltd., and the first edition of the first edition of the Showa Warranty, March 1, 2008). In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 05-155809, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 05-155810, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. The materials described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 2006-342227, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-003679.
纖維素酯膜中之所述縮聚酯的含量相對於纖維素酯量而言較佳的是5 wt%~40 wt%,更佳的是8 wt%~30 wt%,最佳的是10 wt%~25 wt%。The content of the polycondensate in the cellulose ester film is preferably from 5 wt% to 40 wt%, more preferably from 8 wt% to 30 wt%, most preferably 10%, based on the amount of the cellulose ester. Wt% to 25 wt%.
本發明之縮聚物所含有之原料的脂肪族二醇、二羧酸酯、或二醇酯於纖維素酯膜中之含量較佳的是不足1 wt%,更佳的是不足0.5 wt%。二羧酸酯可列舉鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯、鄰苯二甲酸二(羥基乙基)酯、對苯二甲酸二甲酯、對苯二甲酸二(羥基乙基)酯、己二酸二(羥基乙基)酯、琥珀酸二(羥基乙基)酯等。二醇酯可列舉乙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯等。The content of the aliphatic diol, the dicarboxylic acid ester or the diol ester of the raw material contained in the polycondensate of the present invention in the cellulose ester film is preferably less than 1% by weight, more preferably less than 0.5% by weight. Examples of the dicarboxylic acid esters include dimethyl phthalate, di(hydroxyethyl) phthalate, dimethyl terephthalate, di(hydroxyethyl) terephthalate, and adipic acid. (Hydroxyethyl) ester, di(hydroxyethyl) succinate, and the like. Examples of the glycol ester include ethylene glycol diacetate and propylene glycol diacetate.
本發明中所使用之縮聚酯中所含的二羧酸殘基、二醇殘基、單羧酸殘基之各殘基的種類及比率可使用H-NMR而藉由通常之方法進行測定。通常情況下,可使用氘代氯仿作為溶劑。The type and ratio of each residue of the dicarboxylic acid residue, the diol residue, and the monocarboxylic acid residue contained in the polycondensation ester used in the present invention can be measured by a usual method using H-NMR. . In general, deuterated chloroform can be used as a solvent.
縮聚酯之數量平均分子量可使用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)而藉由通常之方法進行測定,通常可使用聚苯乙烯作為標準資料。The number average molecular weight of the polycondensation ester can be measured by a usual method using GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography), and polystyrene can usually be used as a standard material.
縮聚酯之羥值之測定可適用日本工業標準JIS K3342(作廢)中所記載之乙酸酐法當。於縮聚物為聚酯多元醇之情形時,羥值較佳的是50以上190以下,更佳的是50以上130以下。The measurement of the hydroxyl value of the polycondensation ester can be carried out by the acetic anhydride method described in Japanese Industrial Standard JIS K3342 (obsolete). In the case where the polycondensate is a polyester polyol, the hydroxyl value is preferably 50 or more and 190 or less, more preferably 50 or more and 130 or less.
(延遲表現劑)(delayed performance agent)
本發明之膜較佳的是相對於所述醯化纖維素而言並不含有3 wt%以上之Re表現劑。另一方面,為了表現出延遲值,亦可含有延遲表現劑,但較佳的是Re表現劑之含量相對於所述醯化纖維素而言不足3 wt%。作為所述延遲表現劑,並無特別限制,可列舉包含棒狀或圓盤狀化合物之延遲表現劑。作為上述棒狀或圓盤狀化合物,較佳的是使用具有至少二個芳香族環的化合物作為延遲表現劑。The film of the present invention preferably does not contain 3 wt% or more of the Re manifest agent with respect to the deuterated cellulose. On the other hand, in order to exhibit a retardation value, a retardation agent may be contained, but it is preferable that the content of the Re agent is less than 3 wt% with respect to the deuterated cellulose. The retardation agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a retardation agent containing a rod-shaped or disk-shaped compound. As the rod-like or disc-shaped compound, it is preferred to use a compound having at least two aromatic rings as a retardation agent.
包含棒狀化合物之延遲表現劑之添加量相對於醯化纖維素成分100重量份而言較佳的是0.1重量份以上且不足3重量份,更佳的是0.5重量份以上且不足2重量份。所述延遲表現劑中所含之圓盤狀化合物相對於所述醯化纖維素100重量份而言較佳的是0.1重量份以上且不足3重量份,更佳的是0.5重量份以上且不足2重量份,特佳的是0.5重量份以上且不足1重量份。The amount of the delayed expression agent containing the rod-like compound is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and less than 3 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 part by weight or more and less than 2 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the deuterated cellulose component. . The discotic compound contained in the delayed expression agent is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and less than 3 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 part by weight or more and less than 100 parts by weight of the deuterated cellulose. 2 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more and less than 1 part by weight.
圓盤狀化合物於Rth延遲表現性方面而言較棒狀化合物更優異,因此特別是於必須大的Rth延遲之情形時可較佳地使用。亦可併用2種以上之延遲表現劑。The discotic compound is superior to the rod compound in terms of Rth retardation performance, and thus can be preferably used particularly in the case where a large Rth retardation is required. It is also possible to use two or more kinds of delayed expression agents in combination.
延遲表現劑較佳的是於250 nm~400 nm之波長區域具有最大吸收,且較佳的是於可見區域實質上並不具有吸收。Preferably, the retardation agent has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region from 250 nm to 400 nm, and preferably does not substantially absorb in the visible region.
對圓盤狀化合物加以說明。作為圓盤狀化合物,可使用具有至少二個芳香族環之化合物。The discotic compound will be described. As the discotic compound, a compound having at least two aromatic rings can be used.
於本說明書中,「芳香族環」除了芳香族烴環以外,亦包含芳香族性雜環。In the present specification, the "aromatic ring" includes an aromatic heterocyclic ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
芳香族烴環特佳的是6員環(亦即苯環)。Particularly preferred for the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a 6-membered ring (i.e., a benzene ring).
芳香族性雜環通常為不飽和雜環。芳香族性雜環較佳的是5員環、6員環或7員環,更佳的是5員環或6員環。芳香族性雜環通常具有最多之雙鍵。作為雜原子,較佳的是氮原子、氧原子及硫原子,特佳的是氮原子。芳香族性雜環之例包含呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、噁唑環、異噁唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、呋呫環、三唑環、吡喃環、吡啶環、噠嗪環、嘧啶環、吡嗪環及1,3,5-三嗪環。The aromatic heterocyclic ring is usually an unsaturated heterocyclic ring. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Aromatic heterocycles usually have the most double bonds. As the hetero atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom are preferred, and a nitrogen atom is particularly preferred. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a furazan ring, a triazole ring, and a pyran. Ring, pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring and 1,3,5-triazine ring.
作為芳香族環,較佳的是苯環、縮合苯環、聯苯類。特別是可較佳地使用1,3,5-三嗪環。具體而言,例如可較佳地使用日本專利特開2001-166144號公報中所揭示之化合物。As the aromatic ring, a benzene ring, a condensed benzene ring, and a biphenyl group are preferable. In particular, a 1,3,5-triazine ring can be preferably used. Specifically, for example, a compound disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-166144 can be preferably used.
延遲表現劑所具有之芳香族環之碳數較佳的是2~20,更佳的是2~12,進一步更佳的是2~8,最佳的是2~6。The carbon number of the aromatic ring which the delayed expression agent has is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 12, still more preferably from 2 to 8, most preferably from 2 to 6.
二個芳香族環之鍵結關係可分類為(a)形成縮合環之情形、(b)藉由單鍵而直接鍵結之情形及(c)經由連結基而鍵結之情形(因為是芳香族環,所以無法形成螺環(spiro)鍵)。鍵結關係可為(a)~(c)之任意種。The bonding relationship of the two aromatic rings can be classified into (a) a case where a condensed ring is formed, (b) a case where a bond is directly bonded by a single bond, and (c) a case where a bond is bonded via a linking group (because it is aroma) Family ring, so can not form a spiro button). The bonding relationship may be any of (a) to (c).
(a)之縮合環(二個以上芳香族環之縮合環)之例子包括茚環、萘環、薁環、茀環、菲環、蒽環、苊環、偶苯環、稠四苯環、芘環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、吲哚嗪環、苯并噁唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并三唑環、嘌呤環、吲唑環、苯并吡喃環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹嗪環、喹唑啉環、噌啉環、喹噁啉環、酞嗪環、喋啶環、咔唑環、吖啶環、啡啶環、二苯并哌喃環、啡嗪環、啡噻嗪環、啡噁噻環、啡噁嗪環及噻蒽環。較佳的是萘環、薁環、吲哚環、苯并噁唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并三唑環及喹啉環。Examples of the condensed ring (a condensed ring of two or more aromatic rings) of (a) include an anthracene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, an anthracene ring, an azo ring, a condensed tetraphenyl ring, Anthracene ring, anthracene ring, isoindole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, pyridazine ring, benzoxazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, hydrazine Ring, carbazole ring, benzopyran ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinazoline ring, quinazoline ring, porphyrin ring, quinoxaline ring, pyridazine ring, acridine ring, indazole ring , acridine ring, pyridine ring, dibenzopyran ring, phenazine ring, phenothiazine ring, morphine ring, phenoxazine ring and thioindole ring. Preferred are naphthalene rings, anthracene rings, anthracene rings, benzoxazole rings, benzothiazole rings, benzimidazole rings, benzotriazole rings and quinoline rings.
(b)之單鍵較佳的是二個芳香族環之碳原子間之鍵結。亦可藉由二個以上單鍵而鍵結二個芳香族環,於二個芳香族環之間形成脂肪族環或非芳香族性雜環。The single bond of (b) is preferably a bond between carbon atoms of two aromatic rings. Two aromatic rings may be bonded by two or more single bonds, and an aliphatic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring may be formed between the two aromatic rings.
(c)之連結基亦較佳的是與二個芳香族環之碳原子鍵結。連結基較佳的是亞烷基(alkylene)、亞烯基(alkenylene)、亞炔基(alkynylene)、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、-S-或該些基之組合。將組合而成之連結基之例子表示如下。另外,以下之連結基之例子的左右關係亦可相反。The linking group of (c) is also preferably bonded to the carbon atoms of the two aromatic rings. Preferred linking groups are alkylenes, alkenylenes, alkynylenes, -CO-, -O-, -NH-, -S- or combinations of such groups. Examples of the combination of the linked groups are shown below. In addition, the left-right relationship of the examples of the following linkages may be reversed.
c1:-CO-O-C1:-CO-O-
c2:-CO-NH-C2:-CO-NH-
c3:-亞烷基-O-C3:-alkylene-O-
c4:-NH-CO-NH-C4:-NH-CO-NH-
c5:-NH-CO-O-C5:-NH-CO-O-
c6:-O-CO-O-C6:-O-CO-O-
c7:-O-亞烷基-O-C7:-O-alkylene-O-
c8:-CO-亞烯基-C8: -CO-alkenylene-
c9:-CO-亞烯基-NH-C9: -CO-alkenylene-NH-
c10:-CO-亞烯基-O-C10: -CO-alkenylene-O-
c11:-亞烷基-CO-O-亞烷基-O-CO-亞烷基-C11:-alkylene-CO-O-alkylene-O-CO-alkylene-
c12:-O-亞烷基-CO-O-亞烷基-O-CO-亞烷基-O-C12:-O-alkylene-CO-O-alkylene-O-CO-alkylene-O-
c13:-O-CO-亞烷基-CO-O-C13:-O-CO-alkylene-CO-O-
c14:-NH-CO-亞烯基-C14: -NH-CO-alkenylene-
c15:-O-CO-亞烯基-C15:-O-CO-alkenylene-
芳香族環及連結基亦可具有取代基。The aromatic ring and the linking group may have a substituent.
取代基之例子包括鹵素原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、羥基、羧基、氰基、胺基、硝基、磺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、脲基、烷基、烯基、炔基、脂肪族醯基、脂肪族醯氧基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷硫基、烷基磺醯基、脂肪族醯胺基、脂肪族磺醯胺基、經脂肪族取代之胺基、經脂肪族取代之胺甲醯基、經脂肪族取代之胺磺醯基、經脂肪族取代之脲基及非芳香族性雜環基。Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br, I), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, an amine group, a nitro group, a sulfo group, an amine carbaryl group, an amine sulfonyl group, a ureido group, an alkyl group, an alkene group. Alkyl, alkynyl, aliphatic fluorenyl, aliphatic decyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, aliphatic guanylamine, aliphatic A sulfonamide group, an aliphatic substituted amine group, an aliphatic substituted amine carbenyl group, an aliphatic substituted amine sulfonyl group, an aliphatic substituted ureido group, and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
烷基之碳原子數較佳的是1~8。鏈狀烷基較環狀烷基更佳,特佳的是直鏈狀烷基。烷基亦可進一步具有取代基(例如羥基、羧基、烷氧基、經烷基取代之胺基)。烷基(包含經取代之烷基)之例子包括甲基、乙基、正丁基、正己基、2-羥基乙基、4-羧基丁基、2-甲氧基乙基及2-二乙基胺基乙基之各基。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8. The chain alkyl group is more preferred than the cyclic alkyl group, and particularly preferably a linear alkyl group. The alkyl group may further have a substituent (for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group substituted with an alkyl group). Examples of alkyl groups (including substituted alkyl groups) include methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 4-carboxybutyl, 2-methoxyethyl and 2-diethyl Each group of a benzylamino group.
烯基之碳原子數較佳的是2~8。鏈狀烯基較環狀烯基更佳,特佳的是直鏈狀烯基。烯基亦可進一步具有取代基。烯基之例子包括乙烯基、烯丙基及1-己烯基。The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably from 2 to 8. The chain alkenyl group is more preferred than the cyclic alkenyl group, and particularly preferably a linear alkenyl group. The alkenyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of alkenyl groups include vinyl, allyl and 1-hexenyl.
炔基之碳原子數較佳的是2~8。鏈狀炔基較環狀炔基更佳,特佳的是直鏈狀炔基。炔基亦可進一步具有取代基。炔基之例子包括乙炔基、1-丁炔基及1-己炔基。The number of carbon atoms of the alkynyl group is preferably from 2 to 8. The chain alkynyl group is more preferred than the cyclic alkynyl group, and particularly preferably a linear alkynyl group. The alkynyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl, 1-butynyl and 1-hexynyl.
脂肪族醯基之碳原子數較佳的是1~10。脂肪族醯基之例子包括乙醯基、丙醯基及丁醯基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic fluorenyl group is preferably from 1 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic thiol group include an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
脂肪族醯氧基之碳原子數較佳的是1~10。脂肪族醯氧基之例子包括乙醯氧基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic methoxy group is preferably from 1 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic methoxy group include an ethoxy group.
烷氧基之碳原子數較佳的是1~8。烷氧基亦可進一步具有取代基(例如烷氧基)。烷氧基(包含經取代之烷氧基)之例子包括甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基及甲氧基乙氧基。The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 8. The alkoxy group may further have a substituent (for example, an alkoxy group). Examples of the alkoxy group (including the substituted alkoxy group) include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group, and a methoxyethoxy group.
烷氧基羰基之碳原子數較佳的是2~10。烷氧基羰基之例子包括甲氧基羰基及乙氧基羰基。The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably from 2 to 10. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
烷氧基羰基胺基之碳原子數較佳的是2~10。烷氧基羰基胺基之例子包括甲氧基羰基胺基及乙氧基羰基胺基。The alkoxycarbonylamino group preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include a methoxycarbonylamino group and an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
烷硫基之碳原子數較佳的是1~12。烷硫基之例子包括甲硫基、乙硫基及辛硫基。The number of carbon atoms of the alkylthio group is preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, and an octylthio group.
烷基磺醯基之碳原子數較佳的是1~8。烷基磺醯基之例子包括甲磺醯基及甲磺醯基。The alkylsulfonyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylsulfonyl group include a methylsulfonyl group and a methylsulfonyl group.
脂肪族醯胺基之碳原子數較佳的是1~10。脂肪族醯胺基之例子包括乙醯胺基。The aliphatic guanamine group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the aliphatic guanamine group include an ethenyl group.
脂肪族磺醯胺基之碳原子數較佳的是1~8。脂肪族磺醯胺基之例子包括甲基磺醯胺基、丁基磺醯胺基及正辛基磺醯胺基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic sulfonamide group is preferably from 1 to 8. Examples of the aliphatic sulfonamide group include a methylsulfonylamino group, a butylsulfonylamino group, and an n-octylsulfonylamino group.
經脂肪族取代之胺基之碳原子數較佳的是1~10。脂肪族取代胺基之例子包括二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基及2-羧基乙基胺基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic-substituted amine group is preferably from 1 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic substituted amine group include a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and a 2-carboxyethylamino group.
經脂肪族取代之胺甲醯基之碳原子數較佳的是2~10。經脂肪族取代之胺甲醯基之例子包括甲基胺甲醯基及二乙基胺甲醯基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted amidoxime group is preferably from 2 to 10. Examples of the aliphatically substituted amine mercapto group include methylamine methyl thiol and diethylamine methyl fluorenyl.
經脂肪族取代之胺磺醯基之碳原子數較佳的是1~8。經脂肪族取代之胺磺醯基之例子包括甲基胺磺醯基及二乙基胺磺醯基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted aminoxime group is preferably from 1 to 8. Examples of the aliphatic substituted aminoxime group include methylamine sulfonyl group and diethylamine sulfonyl group.
經脂肪族取代之脲基之碳原子數較佳的是2~10。經脂肪族取代之脲基之例子包括甲基脲基。The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted ureido group is preferably from 2 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic substituted ureido group include a methylureido group.
非芳香族性雜環基之例子包括N-哌啶基及N-嗎啉基。Examples of the non-aromatic heterocyclic group include N-piperidinyl and N-morpholinyl.
延遲表現劑之分子量較佳的是300~800。The molecular weight of the delayed expression agent is preferably from 300 to 800.
作為圓盤狀化合物,較佳的是使用下述通式(I)所表示之三嗪化合物。As the discotic compound, a triazine compound represented by the following formula (I) is preferably used.
通式(I)General formula (I)
於上述通式(I)中:In the above formula (I):
R201 分別獨立地表示鄰位、間位及對位之至少任意位具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環。R 201 each independently represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring having a substituent at least at any of the ortho, meta and para positions.
X201 分別獨立地表示單鍵或-NR202 -。此處,R202 分別獨立地表示氫原子、經取代或未經取代之烷基、烯基、芳基或雜環基。X 201 independently represents a single bond or -NR 202 -, respectively. Here, R 202 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
R201 所表示之芳香族環較佳的是苯基或萘基,特佳的是苯基。R201 所表示之芳香族環可於任意之取代位置具有至少一個取代基。所述取代基之例子包括鹵素原子、羥基、氰基、硝基、羧基、烷基、烯基、芳基、烷氧基、烯氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、烯氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺磺醯基、經烷基取代之胺磺醯基、經烯基取代之胺磺醯基、經芳基取代之胺磺醯基、基、胺甲醯基、經烷基取代之胺甲醯基、經烯基取代之胺甲醯基、經芳基取代之胺甲醯基、醯胺基、烷硫基、烯硫基、芳硫基及醯基。The aromatic ring represented by R 201 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group. The aromatic ring represented by R 201 may have at least one substituent at any of the substitution positions. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, An oxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine sulfonyl group, an alkyl-substituted amine sulfonyl group, an alkenyl-substituted amine sulfonyl group, an aryl-substituted sulfonyl group, Base, amine mercapto group, alkyl substituted amine carbenyl group, alkenyl substituted amine carbenyl group, aryl group substituted amine carbenyl group, decylamino group, alkylthio group, alkylthio group, aryl group Sulfur and sulfhydryl groups.
較佳的是R201 所表示之雜環基具有芳香族性。具有芳香族性之雜環通常為不飽和雜環,較佳的是具有最多雙鍵之雜環。雜環較佳的是5員環、6員環或7員環,更佳的是5員環或6員環,最佳的是6員環。雜環之雜原子較佳的是氮原子、硫原子或氧原子,特佳的是氮原子。作為具有芳香族性之雜環,特佳的是吡啶環(雜環基為2-吡啶基或4-吡啶基)。雜環基亦可具有取代基。雜環基之取代基之例子與上述芳基部分之取代基之例相同。It is preferred that the heterocyclic group represented by R 201 has aromaticity. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is usually an unsaturated heterocyclic ring, and preferably a heterocyclic ring having the most double bond. The heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and most preferably a 6-membered ring. The hetero atom of the hetero ring is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably a nitrogen atom. As the aromatic hetero ring, a pyridine ring (heterocyclic group is 2-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) is particularly preferred. The heterocyclic group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the heterocyclic group are the same as those of the substituent of the above aryl moiety.
X201 為單鍵之情形時的雜環基較佳的是於氮原子具有自由價之雜環基。於氮原子具有自由價之雜環基較佳的是5員環、6員環或7員環,更佳的是5員環或6員環,最佳的是5員環。雜環基亦可具有多個氮原子。而且,雜環基亦可具有氮原子以外之雜原子(例如O、S)。以下表示於氮原子具有自由價之雜環基之例。此處,-C4 H9 n 表示n-C4 H9 。The heterocyclic group in the case where X 201 is a single bond is preferably a heterocyclic group having a free valence in a nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic group having a free valence of a nitrogen atom is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and most preferably a 5-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may also have a plurality of nitrogen atoms. Further, the heterocyclic group may have a hetero atom other than a nitrogen atom (for example, O, S). The following is an example of a heterocyclic group having a free valence of a nitrogen atom. Here, -C 4 H 9 n represents nC 4 H 9 .
R202 所表示之烷基可為環狀烷基亦可為鏈狀烷基,較佳的是鏈狀烷基,與具有分支之鏈狀烷基相比而言更佳的是直鏈狀烷基。烷基之碳原子數較佳的是1~30,更佳的是1~20,進一步更佳的是1~10,進一步更佳的是1~8,最佳的是1~6。烷基亦可具有取代基。取代基之例子包括鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基)及醯氧基(例如丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基)。The alkyl group represented by R 202 may be a cyclic alkyl group or a chain alkyl group, preferably a chain alkyl group, and more preferably a linear alkyl group than a branched chain alkyl group. base. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, still more preferably from 1 to 10, still more preferably from 1 to 8, most preferably from 1 to 6. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (e.g., methoxy group, ethoxy group), and a decyloxy group (e.g., acryloxy group, methacryloxy group).
R202 所表示之烯基可為環狀烯基亦可為鏈狀烯基,較佳的是表示鏈狀烯基,與具有分支之鏈狀烯基相比而言更佳的是表示直鏈狀烯基。烯基之碳原子數較佳的是2~30,更佳的是2~20,進一步更佳的是2~10,進一步更佳的是2~8,最佳的是2~6。烯基亦可具有取代基。取代基之例子與前述之烷基之取代基相同。The alkenyl group represented by R 202 may be a cyclic alkenyl group or a chain alkenyl group, preferably a chain alkenyl group, and more preferably a linear chain than a branched chain alkenyl group having a branch. Alkenyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 2 to 10, still more preferably 2 to 8, most preferably 2 to 6. The alkenyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent are the same as the substituent of the aforementioned alkyl group.
R202 所表示之芳香族環基及雜環基與R201 所表示之芳香族環及雜環相同,較佳之範圍亦相同。芳香族環基及雜環基亦可進一步具有取代基,取代基之例子與R201 之芳香族環及雜環之取代基相同。The aromatic ring group and the heterocyclic group represented by R 202 are the same as the aromatic ring and the hetero ring represented by R 201 , and the preferred range is also the same. The aromatic ring group and the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent are the same as the substituent of the aromatic ring and the hetero ring of R 201 .
通式(I)所表示之化合物例如可藉由日本專利特開2003-344655號公報中所記載之方法等公知之方法而合成。延遲表現劑之詳細情況於公開技報2001-1745之第49頁中有所記載。The compound represented by the formula (I) can be synthesized, for example, by a known method such as the method described in JP-A-2003-344655. Details of the delayed performance agent are described on page 49 of the published Technical Bulletin 2001-1745.
作為本發明之延遲表現劑,與所述低分子化合物同樣地可使用高分子系添加劑。此處,於本發明中作為所述縮聚酯而使用之聚合物亦可兼具作為延遲表現劑之功能。作為所述縮聚酯中亦可存在之高分子系延遲表現劑,較佳的是所述芳香族聚酯系聚合物及所述芳香族聚酯系聚合物與其他樹脂之共聚物。As the retardation agent of the present invention, a polymer additive can be used similarly to the low molecular compound. Here, the polymer used as the polycondensation ester in the present invention may also function as a retardation expression agent. The polymer-based delayed expression agent which may be present in the polycondensation ester is preferably a copolymer of the aromatic polyester-based polymer and the aromatic polyester-based polymer and another resin.
自有效率地表示Re、實現適當之Nz因數之觀點考慮,更佳的是本發明之延遲表現劑為Re表現劑。於所述延遲表現劑中,Re表現劑例如可列舉圓盤狀化合物及棒狀化合物等。It is more preferable that the retardation agent of the present invention is a Re manifest agent from the viewpoint of efficiently expressing Re and achieving an appropriate Nz factor. In the retardation agent, for example, a discotic compound, a rod compound, or the like can be given.
(延遲降低劑)(delay reducing agent)
於本發明中,作為延遲降低劑,可廣泛採用磷酸系之酯系化合物或作為醯化纖維素膜之添加劑而公知之化合物。In the present invention, as the retardation reducing agent, a phosphate-based ester compound or a compound known as an additive of a cellulose-deposited cellulose film can be widely used.
作為高分子系延遲降低劑,選自磷酸系之聚酯系聚合物、苯乙烯系聚合物及丙烯酸系聚合物及該些化合物等之共聚物,較佳的是丙烯酸系聚合物及苯乙烯系聚合物。而且,較佳的是包含至少一種苯乙烯系聚合物、丙烯酸系聚合物等具有負的固有雙折射之聚合物。The polymer-based retardation reducing agent is selected from the group consisting of a phosphate-based polyester polymer, a styrene-based polymer, an acrylic polymer, and a copolymer of these compounds, preferably an acrylic polymer and a styrene-based polymer. polymer. Further, it is preferred to contain at least one polymer having a negative intrinsic birefringence such as a styrene polymer or an acrylic polymer.
作為低分子量延遲降低劑,可列舉以下化合物。該些化合物可為固體亦可為油狀物。亦即,於其熔點或沸點中並無特別限定。例如:20℃以下與20℃以上之紫外線吸收材料之混合,或者同樣地劣化抑制劑之混合等。另外,作為紅外吸收染料,例如於日本專利特開平2001-194522號公報中有所記載。而且,其之添加時期可於醯化纖維素溶液(摻雜物)製作步驟中任意地添加,亦可於摻雜物調製步驟之最後調製步驟中,增加添加劑而調製之步驟而進行。另外,作為各素材之添加量,只要可表現出功能則並無特別限定。The following compounds are exemplified as the low molecular weight retardation reducing agent. These compounds may be either solid or oily. That is, it is not particularly limited in its melting point or boiling point. For example, mixing of 20 ° C or less and 20 ° C or more of the ultraviolet absorbing material, or similarly, mixing of the inhibitor. Further, as an infrared absorbing dye, for example, it is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-194522. Further, the addition period thereof may be arbitrarily added in the step of preparing the deuterated cellulose solution (dopant), or may be carried out by adding a step of preparing the additive in the final preparation step of the dopant preparation step. In addition, the amount of addition of each material is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit a function.
作為低分子量延遲降低劑,並無特別限定,詳細情況於日本專利特開2007-272177號公報之[0066]~[0085]中有所記載。The low molecular weight retardation reducing agent is not particularly limited, and the details are described in [0066] to [0085] of JP-A-2007-272177.
於日本專利特開2007-272177號公報之[0066]~[0085]中記載為通式(1)的化合物可藉由以下之方法而製作。The compound of the formula (1) described in [0066] to [0085] of JP-A-2007-272177 can be produced by the following method.
該公報中通式(1)之化合物可藉由磺醯氯衍生物與胺衍生物之縮合反應而獲得。The compound of the formula (1) in the publication can be obtained by a condensation reaction of a sulfonium chloride derivative with an amine derivative.
日本專利特開2007-272177號公報通式(2)中所記載之化合物可藉由使用縮合劑(例如二環己基碳二醯亞胺(DCC)等)的羧酸類與胺類之脫水縮合反應、或羧醯氯衍生物與胺衍生物之取代反應等而獲得。Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-272177. The compound described in the formula (2) can be subjected to dehydration condensation reaction of a carboxylic acid and an amine using a condensing agent (for example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or the like). Or a substitution reaction of a carboxy hydrazine derivative with an amine derivative or the like.
(塑化劑)(Plasticizer)
作為本發明中所使用之塑化劑,亦可有用地使用作為醯化纖維素之塑化劑而已知的多種化合物。作為塑化劑,使用磷酸酯或羧酸酯。磷酸酯之例子包括磷酸三苯酯(TPP)及磷酸三甲苯酯(TCP)。羧酸酯以鄰苯二甲酸酯及檸檬酸酯為代表。鄰苯二甲酸酯之例子包括鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯(DMP)、鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯(DEP)、鄰苯二甲酸二丁酯(DBP)、鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯(DOP)、鄰苯二甲酸二苯酯(DPP)及鄰苯二甲酸二乙基己基酯(DEHP)。檸檬酸酯之例子包括O-乙醯基檸檬酸三乙酯(OACTE)及O-乙醯基檸檬酸三丁酯(OACTB)。其他羧酸酯之例子包括油酸丁酯、蓖麻油酸甲基乙醯基酯、癸二酸二丁酯、各種偏苯三甲酸酯。可較佳地使用鄰苯二甲酸酯系塑化劑(DMP、DEP、DBP、DOP、DPP、DEHP)。特佳的是DEP及DPP。As the plasticizer used in the present invention, various compounds known as plasticizers for deuterated cellulose can also be used. As the plasticizer, a phosphate or a carboxylate is used. Examples of phosphates include triphenyl phosphate (TPP) and tricresyl phosphate (TCP). Carboxylic esters are represented by phthalates and citrates. Examples of phthalates include dimethyl phthalate (DMP), diethyl phthalate (DEP), dibutyl phthalate (DBP), dioctyl phthalate ( DOP), diphenyl phthalate (DPP) and diethylhexyl phthalate (DEHP). Examples of citrate esters include O-ethyl decyl triethyl citrate (OACTE) and O-ethyl decyl tributyl citrate (OACTB). Examples of other carboxylic acid esters include butyl oleate, methyl decyl ricinoleate, dibutyl sebacate, and various trimellitates. A phthalate-based plasticizer (DMP, DEP, DBP, DOP, DPP, DEHP) can be preferably used. Particularly good are DEP and DPP.
(劣化抑制劑)(deterioration inhibitor)
於本發明中,於醯化纖維素溶液中可添加公知之劣化(氧化)抑制劑,例如2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、4,4'-硫代雙-(6-第三丁基-3-甲基苯酚)、1,1'-雙(4-羥基苯基)環己烷、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-乙基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,5-二-第三丁基對苯二酚、季戊四醇-四[3-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸]酯等酚系或對苯二酚系抗氧化劑。另外,較佳的是設為亞磷酸三(4-甲氧基-3,5-二苯基)酯、亞磷酸三(壬基苯基)酯、亞磷酸三(2,4-二-第三丁基苯基)酯、雙(2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯基)季戊四醇二亞磷酸酯、雙(2,4-二-第三丁基苯基)季戊四醇二亞磷酸酯等磷系抗氧化劑。作為劣化抑制劑之添加量,相對於纖維素系樹脂100重量份而言添加0.05重量份~5.0重量份。In the present invention, a known deterioration (oxidation) inhibitor such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol or 4,4'-thiobis- can be added to the deuterated cellulose solution. (6-Tertibutyl-3-methylphenol), 1,1'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclohexane, 2,2'-methylenebis(4-ethyl-6- Tributylphenol), 2,5-di-t-butyl hydroquinone, pentaerythritol-tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid] Phenolic or hydroquinone based antioxidants. Further, it is preferably tris(4-methoxy-3,5-diphenyl) phosphite, tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite, and tris(2,4-di-) Tributylphenyl) ester, bis(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4-di-t-butylphenyl)pentaerythritol Phosphorus-based antioxidants such as diphosphite. The amount of the deterioration inhibitor added is 0.05 parts by weight to 5.0 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the cellulose resin.
(紫外線吸收劑)(UV absorber)
於本發明中,自偏光板或液晶等之劣化抑制之觀點考慮,於醯化纖維素溶液中較佳地使用紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,自波長370 nm以下紫外線之吸收能力優異、且液晶顯示性良好之觀點考慮,較佳地使用波長400 nm以上之可見光的吸收少的紫外線吸收劑。作為於本發明中較佳地使用之紫外線吸收劑的具體例,例如可列舉受阻(hindered)酚系化合物、羥基二苯甲酮系化合物、苯并三唑系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、氰基丙烯酸酯化合物、鎳錯鹽系化合物等。作為受阻酚系化合物之例子,可列舉2,6-二-第三丁基-對甲酚、季戊四醇-四[3-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸]酯、N,N'-六亞甲基雙(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基-苯丙醯胺)、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯、三-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)-異氰尿酸酯等。作為苯并三唑系化合物之例子,可列舉2-(2' -羥基-5' -甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2,2-亞甲基雙(4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯酚)、2,4-雙-(正辛硫基)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二-第三丁基苯胺基)-1,3,5-三嗪、三乙二醇-雙[3-(3-第三丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸]酯、N,N'-六亞甲基雙(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基-苯丙醯胺)、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯、2(2'-羥基-3',5'-二-第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2(2'-羥基-3',5'-二-第三戊基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2,6-二-第三丁基-對甲酚、季戊四醇-四[3-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸]酯等。該些紫外線抑制劑之添加量於醯化纖維素膜整體中以重量比例計而言較佳的是1 ppm~1.0%,更佳的是10 ppm~1000 ppm。In the present invention, from the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of a polarizing plate or a liquid crystal or the like, an ultraviolet absorber is preferably used in the deuterated cellulose solution. As the ultraviolet absorber, it is preferable to use an ultraviolet absorber having a small absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more from the viewpoint of excellent absorption of ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and good liquid crystal display property. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber to be preferably used in the present invention include a hindered phenol compound, a hydroxybenzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, and a salicylate compound. A benzophenone-based compound, a cyanoacrylate compound, a nickel-salt-based compound, or the like. Examples of the hindered phenol-based compound include 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythritol-tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane. Acid]ester, N,N'-hexamethylenebis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenylpropanamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4, 6-tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, tris-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanurate, etc. . Examples of the benzotriazole-based compound include 2- (2 '- hydroxy - 5' - methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3 ,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol), 2,4-bis-(n-octylthio)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5 -di-t-butylanilino)-1,3,5-triazine, triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid ] ester, N, N'-hexamethylene bis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenylpropanamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6 -Tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 2(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-t-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzo Triazole, 2(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-third-pentylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythritol -tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid]ester. The amount of the ultraviolet inhibitor to be added is preferably from 1 ppm to 1.0% by weight, more preferably from 10 ppm to 1000 ppm, based on the total weight of the cellulose film.
(消光劑)(matting agent)
自膜滑動性及穩定製造之觀點考慮,較佳的是本發明之膜含有消光劑。所述消光劑可為無機化合物之消光劑,亦可為有機化合物之消光劑。From the viewpoint of film slidability and stable production, it is preferred that the film of the present invention contains a matting agent. The matting agent may be a matting agent for an inorganic compound or a matting agent for an organic compound.
作為所述無機化合物之消光劑之較佳具體例,較佳的是含矽無機化合物(例如二氧化矽、煅燒矽酸鈣、水合矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂等)、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鋁、氧化鋇、氧化鋯、氧化鍶、氧化銻、氧化錫、氧化錫銻、碳酸鈣、滑石、黏土、煅燒高嶺土及磷酸鈣等,更佳的是含矽無機化合物或氧化鋯,由於可減低醯化纖維素膜之濁度,因此可特佳地使用二氧化矽。作為所述二氧化矽之微粒子,例如可使用具有艾羅技R972、R974、R812、200、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上由日本Aerosil股份有限公司製造)等商品名的市售品。作為所述氧化鋯之微粒子,例如可使用以艾羅技R976及R811(以上由日本Aerosil股份有限公司製造)等之商品名而市售者。As preferred examples of the matting agent for the inorganic compound, a cerium-containing inorganic compound (for example, cerium oxide, calcined calcium citrate, calcium citrate citrate, aluminum citrate, magnesium citrate, etc.), titanium oxide is preferable. , zinc oxide, aluminum oxide, cerium oxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, cerium oxide, tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin and calcium phosphate, etc., more preferably an antimony-containing inorganic compound or oxidation Zirconium, particularly, can effectively use cerium oxide because the turbidity of the fluorinated cellulose film can be reduced. As the fine particles of the cerium oxide, for example, commercially available products having the names of Aerotech R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (above, manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used. As the fine particles of the zirconia, for example, those sold under the trade names of Aerotech R976 and R811 (above, manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used.
作為所述有機化合物之消光劑之較佳具體例,例如較佳的是矽氧樹脂、氟樹脂及丙烯酸樹脂等聚合物,其中可較佳地使用矽氧樹脂。於矽氧樹脂中,特別是具有三維之網狀結構的矽氧樹脂較佳,例如可使用具有Tospearl 103、Tospearl 105、Tospearl 108、Tospearl 120、Tospearl 145、Tospeatl 3120及Tospearl 240(以上由Toshiba Silicone股份有限公司製造)等商品名之市售品。As a preferable specific example of the matting agent of the organic compound, for example, a polymer such as a silicone resin, a fluororesin or an acrylic resin is preferable, and a silicone resin can be preferably used. Among the oxime resins, particularly those having a three-dimensional network structure, for example, Tospearl 103, Tospearl 105, Tospearl 108, Tospearl 120, Tospearl 145, Tospeatl 3120 and Tospearl 240 (above by Toshiba Silicone) can be used. A commercial item such as a manufacturing company).
於將該些消光劑添加於醯化纖維素溶液中之情形時,特別是若可藉由不限定其方法之任意方法而獲得所期望之醯化纖維素溶液,則並無問題。例如,於將醯化纖維素與溶劑混合之階段,亦可含有添加物,於藉由醯化纖維素與溶劑而製作混合溶液之後,亦可添加添加物。另外,亦可於流延摻雜物之前進行添加混合,即所謂之直前添加方法,其混合是在線(on line)設置螺旋式混練機而使用。具體而言,較佳的是如線內混合機這樣的靜態混合機,而且,作為線內混合機,例如較佳的是如靜態混合機(static mixer)SWJ(東麗靜止型管內混合器Hi-Mixer)(東麗工程公司製造)這樣的混合機。另外,關於線內添加,為了消除濃度不均、粒子凝聚等,於日本專利特開2003-053752號公報中記載了如下之發明:於醯化纖維素膜之製造方法中,藉由將添加管嘴前端與線內混合機之起始端部之距離L設為主原料配管內徑d之5倍以下,可消除濃度不均、消光粒子等之凝聚,上述添加管嘴為於主原料摻雜物中混合不同組成之添加液。作為更佳之態樣,記載了將與主原料摻雜物不同組成之添加液供給管嘴之前端開口部與線內混合機之起始端部之間的距離(L)設為供給管嘴前端開口部之內徑(d)之10倍以下,線內混合機是靜態無攪拌型管內混合器或動態攪拌型管內混合器。更具體而言,揭示了醯化纖維素膜主原料摻雜物/線內添加液之流量比為10/1~500/1,較佳的是50/1~200/1。另外,於日本專利特開2003-014933號(其是以添加劑滲出少、且無層間之剝離現象、而且滑動性良好且透明性優異之相位差膜為目的之發明)中記載了:作為添加添加劑之方法,可添加於溶解釜中,亦可於溶解釜至共流延模具之間,將添加劑或者溶解或分散有添加劑之溶液添加於送液中之摻雜物中,後者之情形可提高混合性,因此較佳的是設置靜態混合機等混合機構。In the case where the matting agents are added to the deuterated cellulose solution, there is no problem particularly if the desired deuterated cellulose solution can be obtained by any method which does not limit the method. For example, in the stage of mixing the deuterated cellulose and the solvent, an additive may be contained, and after the mixed solution is prepared by deuterated cellulose and a solvent, an additive may be added. In addition, it is also possible to carry out the addition and mixing before the casting of the dopant, that is, the so-called direct addition method, and the mixing is used on a line-provided spiral kneader. Specifically, a static mixer such as an in-line mixer is preferred, and, as an in-line mixer, for example, a static mixer such as a static mixer SWJ (Dongli static in-line mixer) is preferred. Hi-Mixer) (manufactured by Toray Engineering Co., Ltd.) such a mixer. In addition, in the in-line addition, in order to eliminate density unevenness, particle agglomeration, and the like, the following invention is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-053752: In the method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film, a pipe is added The distance L between the tip end of the nozzle and the starting end of the in-line mixer is set to be less than 5 times the inner diameter d of the main material pipe, and the concentration unevenness, the extinction particle, and the like can be eliminated, and the above-mentioned addition nozzle is the main raw material dopant. Mix the different compositions of the additive. As a more preferable aspect, it is described that the distance (L) between the opening end portion of the additive liquid supply nozzle having a different composition from the main raw material dopant and the start end portion of the in-line mixer is set as the front end opening of the supply nozzle. Below 10 times the inner diameter (d) of the section, the in-line mixer is a static non-stirred in-line mixer or a dynamic agitated in-line mixer. More specifically, it is disclosed that the flow ratio of the main raw material dopant/in-line addition liquid of the deuterated cellulose film is from 10/1 to 500/1, preferably from 50/1 to 200/1. In addition, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-014933 (which is an invention for the purpose of a phase difference film having a small amount of bleed out of the additive and having no delamination between the layers and having excellent slidability and excellent transparency) is described as an additive. The method may be added to the dissolution vessel, or may be added between the dissolution vessel and the co-casting mold, and the additive or the solution in which the additive is dissolved or dispersed is added to the dopant in the liquid supply, and the latter may improve the mixing. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a mixing mechanism such as a static mixer.
(有機酸)(organic acid)
較佳的是本發明之膜包含下述通式(1)所表示之有機酸。It is preferred that the film of the present invention contains an organic acid represented by the following formula (1).
通式(1)General formula (1)
X-L-(R1 )n XL-(R 1 ) n
(式中,X表示酸解離常數為5.5以下之酸性基,L表示單鍵或2價以上之連結基,R1 表示碳數為6~30之烷基、碳數為6~30之烯基、碳數為6~30之炔基、碳數為6~30之芳基或碳數為6~30之雜環基,亦可進一步具有取代基。n於L為單鍵之情形時為1,於L為2價以上之連結基之情形時為(L之價數-1)。)(wherein, X represents an acidic group having an acid dissociation constant of 5.5 or less, L represents a single bond or a divalent or higher linking group, and R 1 represents an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Further, the alkynyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or the heterocyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms may further have a substituent. n is 1 when L is a single bond. In the case where L is a linking group of two or more valences, it is (the valence of L-1).
於所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸中,由於作為酸性基之所述X部分而可改善自溶液製膜設備(對摻雜物進行流涎時之金屬支撐體)之剝離性。In the organic acid represented by the above formula (1), the peeling property from the solution film forming apparatus (the metal support when the dopant is flowed) can be improved by the X portion as the acidic group.
另外,作為酸性基之所述X部分附著於支撐體之金屬表面,作為特定結構之疏水性基的所述R1 部分由於氧等氧化劑而嵌段(block)於支撐體之金屬表面,因此與具有超出所述R1 之範圍的疏水性基之有機酸相比而言,可防止金屬之腐蝕。Further, the X portion as the acidic group is attached to the metal surface of the support, and the R 1 portion which is a hydrophobic group of a specific structure is blocked on the metal surface of the support by an oxidizing agent such as oxygen, and thus Corrosion of metals can be prevented as compared to organic acids having a hydrophobic group outside the range of R 1 .
以下,對可於本發明之膜中使用之剝離促進劑加以說明。Hereinafter, the peeling accelerator which can be used for the film of this invention is demonstrated.
於通式(1)中,X表示酸解離常數為5.5以下之酸,較佳的是羧基、磺酸基、亞磺酸基、磷酸基、磺醯亞胺基、抗壞血酸基,更佳的是羧基、磺酸基,最佳的是羧基。另外,於X表示抗壞血酸基之情形時,較佳的是抗壞血酸之氫原子中的5位、6位之位置的氫原子脫落而與L連結。In the formula (1), X represents an acid having an acid dissociation constant of 5.5 or less, preferably a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonimide group, an ascorbic acid group, and more preferably The carboxyl group and the sulfonic acid group are most preferably a carboxyl group. Further, when X represents an ascorbic acid group, it is preferred that hydrogen atoms at the 5-position and the 6-position of the hydrogen atoms of ascorbic acid fall off and are linked to L.
於本說明書中,酸解離常數採用化學便覽、丸善株式會社刊中所記載之值。In the present specification, the acid dissociation constant is a value described in the chemical handbook and Maruzen Co., Ltd. publication.
於通式(1)中,R1 表示氫原子、碳數為6~30之烷基(亦可具有取代基)、烯基(亦可具有取代基)、炔基(亦可具有取代基)、芳基(亦可具有取代基)、雜環基(亦可具有取代基)。作為取代基,可列舉鹵素原子、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、醯基、羥基、醯氧基、胺基、烷氧基羰基、醯基胺基、氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、磺醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、磺基、羧基等。In the formula (1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (may also have a substituent), an alkenyl group (which may have a substituent), an alkynyl group (may also have a substituent) An aryl group (which may also have a substituent) or a heterocyclic group (which may have a substituent). Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a decyl group, a hydroxyl group, a decyloxy group, an amine group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an anthracene group. Alkylamino group, oxycarbonyl group, amine mercapto group, sulfonyl group, amine sulfonyl group, sulfonylamino group, sulfo group, carboxyl group and the like.
R1 更佳的是碳數為8~24之烷基、烯基、炔基,最佳的是碳數為10~24之直鏈之烷基、烯基。More preferably, R 1 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 8 to 24, and most preferably a linear alkyl group or an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 10 to 24.
通式(1)中之L較佳的是單鍵、或者由下述單元群組所得之2價以上之連結基或將選自下述單元群組之2個以上單元組合而所得之2價以上之連結基。L in the general formula (1) is preferably a single bond or a divalent or higher linking group obtained by the following unit group or a combination of two or more units selected from the following unit groups. The above link.
單元:-O-、-CO-、-N(-R2 )-(所述R2 是碳數為1~5之烷基)、-CH=CH-、-CH(OH)-、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、Unit: -O-, -CO-, -N(-R 2 )- (the R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), -CH=CH-, -CH(OH)-, -CH 2 -, -SO 2 -,
通式(1)中之L特佳的是具有單鍵、源自酯基之連結基(-COO-、-OCO-)、或源自醯胺基之連結基(-CONR2 -、-NR2 CO-)作為部分結構。Particularly preferred in the formula (1) is a linking group having a single bond, derived from an ester group (-COO-, -OCO-), or a linking group derived from a mercapto group (-CONR 2 -, -NR) 2 CO-) as part of the structure.
而且,所述L亦可進一步具有取代基,作為該取代基,並無特別限制,可列舉所述R1 所亦可具有之取代基,其中較佳的是-OH基。Further, the L may further have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substituent which the R 1 may have, and among them, an -OH group is preferred.
於該些中,更佳的是所述L為包含源自甘油之基的連結基。In these, it is more preferred that the L is a linking group containing a group derived from glycerin.
作為所述L,具體而言較佳的是以下之結構。其中,於以下中,p、q、r分別表示1~40之整數,較佳的是1~20,更佳的是1~10,特佳的是1~6。而且,進一步特佳的是q為2~4。As the L, specifically, the following structure is preferable. In the following, p, q, and r each represent an integer of 1 to 40, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and particularly preferably 1 to 6. Further, it is particularly preferable that q is 2 to 4.
-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -O-;-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -(CH(OH))-(CH2 )r -O-;-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -(CH(OCO-R3 ))-(CH2 )r -O-;-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -(CH(OH))-(CH2 )r -O-CO-;-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -(CH(OCO-R3 ))-(CH2 )r -O-CO-。-(CH 2 ) p -CO-O-(CH 2 ) q -O-;-(CH 2 ) p -CO-O-(CH 2 ) q -(CH(OH))-(CH 2 ) r - O-;-(CH 2 ) p -CO-O-(CH 2 ) q -(CH(OCO-R 3 ))-(CH 2 ) r -O-;-(CH 2 ) p -CO-O- (CH 2 ) q -(CH(OH))-(CH 2 ) r -O-CO-;-(CH 2 ) p -CO-O-(CH 2 ) q -(CH(OCO-R 3 )) -(CH 2 ) r -O-CO-.
另外,上述L之具體例中所含之R3 與所述通式(1)中之所述R1 同義。亦即,連結基-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -(CH(OCO-R3 ))-(CH2 )r -O-中之R3 為了方便起見僅僅記載於L之內部,連結基L表示除去R3 之部分。亦即,於此情形時L為3價。若以通式(1)表示,則可記載為X-L-(R1 )2 、[其中,L表示-(CH2 )p -CO-O-(CH2 )q -(CH(OCO-))-(CH2 )r -O-],亦即,此時之連結基L成為3價連結基。Further, R 3 contained in the specific example of the above L is synonymous with R 1 in the above formula (1). That is, the linking group - (CH 2) p -CO- O- (CH 2) q - (CH (OCO-R 3)) - (CH 2) r -O- in R 3 for convenience of description only Inside L, the linking group L indicates a portion from which R 3 is removed. That is, in this case, L is 3 valence. When expressed by the formula (1), it can be described as XL-(R 1 ) 2 , wherein L represents -(CH 2 ) p -CO-O-(CH 2 ) q -(CH(OCO-)) -(CH 2 ) r -O-], that is, the linking group L at this time becomes a trivalent linking group.
所述L與所述X較佳的是以酯鍵或醯胺鍵進行鍵結,更佳的是以酯鍵進行鍵結。而且,較佳的是於所述X中並不存在酯鍵或醯胺鍵。Preferably, the L and the X are bonded by an ester bond or a guanamine bond, and more preferably an ester bond. Moreover, it is preferred that no ester bond or guanamine bond is present in said X.
所述L與所述R1 較佳的是以酯鍵、醚鍵或醯胺鍵進行鍵結,更佳的是以酯鍵或醯胺鍵進行鍵結,特佳的是以酯鍵進行鍵結。而且,較佳的是於所述R1 中並不存在酯鍵或醚鍵或醯胺鍵。Preferably, the L and the R 1 are bonded by an ester bond, an ether bond or a guanamine bond, more preferably an ester bond or a guanamine bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond. Knot. Moreover, it is preferred that no ester bond or ether bond or guanamine bond is present in said R 1 .
以下,將所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸之較佳具體例列舉如下。Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the organic acid represented by the above formula (1) are listed below.
《脂肪酸》"fatty acid"
肉豆蔻酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、油酸、亞麻油酸、次亞麻油酸、篦麻油酸、十一酸。Myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linoleic acid, ricinoleic acid, undecanoic acid.
《烷基硫酸》Alkyl Sulfate
肉豆蔻基硫酸、十六烷基硫酸、油烯基硫酸。Myristyl sulfate, cetyl sulfate, oleyl sulfate.
《烷基苯磺酸》"Alkylbenzenesulfonic acid"
十二烷基苯磺酸、十五烷基苯磺酸。Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, pentadecylbenzenesulfonic acid.
《烷基萘磺酸》Alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid
倍半丁基(sesquibutyl)萘磺酸、二異丁基萘磺酸。Sesquibutyl naphthalenesulfonic acid, diisobutylnaphthalenesulfonic acid.
《二烷基磺基琥珀酸》Dialkyl sulfosuccinic acid
二辛基磺基琥珀酸、二己基磺基琥珀酸、二環己基琥珀酸、二戊基磺基琥珀酸、二(十三烷基)環琥珀酸。Dioctylsulfosuccinic acid, dihexylsulfosuccinic acid, dicyclohexyl succinic acid, dipentyl sulfosuccinic acid, ditridecylcyclosuccinic acid.
《多元有機酸之部分衍生物》"Some derivatives of polybasic organic acids"
所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸較佳的是多元有機酸之部分衍生物。於本說明書中,所謂多元有機酸之部分衍生物是指具有於1分子多元醇上酯鍵結有1分子脂肪酸與多元有機酸之結構,且具有至少1個源自多元羧酸之未經取代之酸性基的化合物。另外,於本說明書中,所謂脂肪酸是表示脂肪族單羧酸。亦即,本說明書中之脂肪酸並不限定於所謂之高級脂肪族,亦包含乙酸或丙酸等碳數為12以下之低級脂肪酸。The organic acid represented by the above formula (1) is preferably a partial derivative of a polybasic organic acid. In the present specification, a partial derivative of a polybasic organic acid refers to a structure having one molecule of a fatty acid and a polybasic organic acid bonded to one molecule of a polyol, and having at least one unsubstituted from a polycarboxylic acid. An acidic group of compounds. Further, in the present specification, the fatty acid means an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid. That is, the fatty acid in the present specification is not limited to the so-called higher aliphatic group, and includes a lower fatty acid having 12 or less carbon atoms such as acetic acid or propionic acid.
所述多元有機酸之部分衍生物較佳的是多元羧酸之部分衍生物。亦即,所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸較佳的是具有於1分子多元醇上酯鍵結有1分子脂肪酸與1分子多元羧酸之結構,且具有至少1個源自多元羧酸之未經取代之羧基。作為所述多元羧酸之部分衍生物中所使用之多元羧酸,並無特別限定,例如較佳的是琥珀酸、檸檬酸、酒石酸、二乙醯基酒石酸、蘋果酸、己二酸。A part of the derivative of the polybasic organic acid is preferably a partial derivative of a polycarboxylic acid. That is, the organic acid represented by the formula (1) preferably has a structure in which one molecule of a fatty acid and one molecule of a polycarboxylic acid are bonded to one molecule of a polyol, and at least one is derived from a plurality of molecules. An unsubstituted carboxyl group of a carboxylic acid. The polycarboxylic acid to be used as a partial derivative of the polyvalent carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, and for example, succinic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, diterpene tartaric acid, malic acid, adipic acid is preferable.
作為所述多元有機酸之部分衍生物中所使用之所述多元醇,可列舉福壽草醇(adonitol)、阿拉伯糖醇、乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、二丁二醇、1,2,4-丁三醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、己三醇、半乳糖醇、甘露醇、3-甲基戊烷-1,3,5-三醇、頻哪醇(pinacol)、山梨糖醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷、木糖醇、甘油等。其中,較佳的是甘油,較佳的是所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸是所謂之有機酸甘油酯。Examples of the polyhydric alcohol used in the partial derivative of the polybasic organic acid include adonitol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, and tetraethylene. Alcohol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6 - hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, three Hydroxymethylethane, xylitol, glycerin, and the like. Among them, preferred is glycerin, and it is preferred that the organic acid represented by the above formula (1) is a so-called organic acid glyceride.
作為所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸,較佳的是有機酸之酸性基X經由包含源自甘油之基的連結基L而與疏水性部R1 鍵結而成的有機酸甘油酯(甘油脂肪酸有機酸酯)。此處,本說明書中之所謂有機酸甘油酯是指如下結構的化合物:甘油之3個羥基中的1個或2個與脂肪酸形成酯鍵,其餘的羥基中的1個或2個與多元有機酸形成酯鍵,且具有源自該多元有機酸之酸性基。The organic acid represented by the above formula (1) is preferably an organic acid glycerol in which an acidic group X of an organic acid is bonded to the hydrophobic portion R 1 via a linking group L containing a glycerol-based group. Ester (glycerol fatty acid organic acid ester). Here, the term "organic acid glyceride" as used herein means a compound having one or two of the three hydroxyl groups of glycerol forming an ester bond with a fatty acid, and one or two of the remaining hydroxyl groups and a polybasic organic compound. The acid forms an ester bond and has an acidic group derived from the polybasic organic acid.
其中,更佳的是有機酸單甘油酯或有機酸二甘油酯,特佳的是有機酸單甘油酯。本說明書中的所謂有機酸單甘油酯是指如下結構的化合物:甘油之3個羥基中的1個與脂肪酸形成酯鍵,其餘的羥基中的1個或2個與多元有機酸形成酯鍵,且具有源自該多元有機酸之酸性基。本說明書中的所謂有機酸二甘油酯是指如下結構的化合物:甘油之3個羥基中的2個與脂肪酸形成酯鍵,其餘的1個羥基與多元有機酸形成酯鍵,且具有源自該多元有機酸之酸性基。Among them, organic acid monoglycerides or organic acid diglycerides are more preferred, and organic acid monoglycerides are particularly preferred. The term "organic acid monoglyceride" as used herein refers to a compound having a structure in which one of three hydroxyl groups of glycerol forms an ester bond with a fatty acid, and one or two of the remaining hydroxyl groups form an ester bond with a polybasic organic acid. And having an acidic group derived from the polybasic organic acid. The term "organic acid diglyceride" as used herein refers to a compound having a structure in which two of the three hydroxyl groups of glycerol form an ester bond with a fatty acid, and the remaining one of the hydroxyl groups forms an ester bond with the polybasic organic acid, and has An acidic group of a polybasic organic acid.
於所述有機酸單甘油酯中,進一步特佳的是如下結構的化合物:甘油之3個羥基中的1個與脂肪酸形成酯鍵,其餘的羥基中的1個是未經取代之羥基,其餘的1個羥基與多元有機酸形成酯鍵,且具有源自該多元有機酸之酸性基。較佳的是所述有機酸單甘油酯之與脂肪酸進行酯鍵結的羥基是非對稱位置(所謂之α單甘油酯的位置),且較佳的是所述有機酸單甘油酯的與多元有機酸進行酯鍵結之羥基同樣地是非對稱位置(所謂之α單甘油酯的位置)。亦即,於所述有機酸單甘油酯中,較佳的是如下結構的化合物:具有未經取代之羥基,且與脂肪酸進行酯鍵結之羥基所直接鍵結的碳原子以及與多元有機酸進行酯鍵結之羥基所直接鍵結的碳原子並不相鄰。Further preferably, in the organic acid monoglyceride, a compound having a structure in which one of three hydroxyl groups of glycerol forms an ester bond with a fatty acid, and one of the remaining hydroxyl groups is an unsubstituted hydroxyl group, and the rest One of the hydroxyl groups forms an ester bond with the polybasic organic acid and has an acidic group derived from the polybasic organic acid. Preferably, the hydroxyl group of the organic acid monoglyceride ester-bonded with the fatty acid is an asymmetric position (so-called position of the α-monoglyceride), and preferably the organic acid monoglyceride and the polybasic organic The hydroxyl group in which the acid is ester-bonded is likewise an asymmetric position (the position of the so-called alpha monoglyceride). That is, among the organic acid monoglycerides, preferred are compounds having a structure in which a carbon atom having an unsubstituted hydroxyl group and a hydroxyl group bonded to a fatty acid is directly bonded, and a polybasic organic acid. The carbon atoms directly bonded to the hydroxyl group of the ester bond are not adjacent.
所述有機酸單甘油酯中,進一步特佳的是多元羧酸之單甘油酯。所述多元羧酸之單甘油酯是指多元羧酸中具有至少1個未經取代之羧基,其他羧基被單甘油酯取代而成之有機酸。亦即,特佳的是於1分子甘油中鍵結有1分子脂肪酸與1分子多元羧酸而成的含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯。Further among the organic acid monoglycerides, a monoglyceride of a polyvalent carboxylic acid is further preferable. The monoglyceride of the polyvalent carboxylic acid means an organic acid having at least one unsubstituted carboxyl group in the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the other carboxyl group substituted by the monoglyceride. That is, a carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglyceride in which one molecule of a fatty acid and one molecule of a polyvalent carboxylic acid are bonded to one molecule of glycerin is particularly preferable.
作為所述多元羧酸之單甘油酯中所使用之所述多元羧酸,並無特別限定,例如較佳的是琥珀酸、檸檬酸、酒石酸、二乙醯基酒石酸、蘋果酸、己二酸。The polyvalent carboxylic acid used in the monoglyceride of the polyvalent carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, and for example, succinic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, diterpene tartaric acid, malic acid, adipic acid is preferred. .
所述多元羧酸之單甘油酯中所使用之所述脂肪酸並無限定,較佳的是碳數為8~22之飽和或不飽和脂肪酸,具體而言可列舉辛酸、癸酸、十二烷酸、肉豆蔻酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、二十二酸、油酸等。The fatty acid used in the monoglyceride of the polycarboxylic acid is not limited, and a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid having a carbon number of 8 to 22 is preferred, and specific examples thereof include caprylic acid, capric acid, and dodecane. Acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, behenic acid, oleic acid, and the like.
以下,對可於本發明中使用之含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯加以詳細說明。Hereinafter, the organic acid monoglyceride containing a carboxyl group which can be used in the present invention will be described in detail.
可於本發明中使用之含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯通常可依照日本專利特開平4-218597號公報、日本專利第3823524號公報等中所記載之方法,使多元有機酸之酸酐與脂肪酸單甘油酯反應而獲得。The organic acid monoglyceride containing a carboxyl group which can be used in the present invention can be used as an acid anhydride of a polybasic organic acid and a fatty acid single according to the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 4-218597, No. 3,832,524, and the like. Obtained by glyceride reaction.
反應通常於無溶劑條件下進行,例如於琥珀酸酐與碳數為18之脂肪酸單甘油酯之反應中,於溫度為120℃前後以90分鐘左右而結束反應。如此而所得之有機酸單甘油酯通常成為包含有機酸、未反應單甘油酯、二甘油酯、及其他寡聚物之混合物。於本發明中,亦可直接使用此種混合物。The reaction is usually carried out under solvent-free conditions, for example, in the reaction of succinic anhydride with a fatty acid monoglyceride having a carbon number of 18, and the reaction is terminated at a temperature of about 120 ° C for about 90 minutes. The organic acid monoglyceride thus obtained is usually a mixture containing an organic acid, an unreacted monoglyceride, a diglyceride, and other oligomers. In the present invention, such a mixture can also be used as it is.
於欲提高所述含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯之純度之情形時,藉由蒸餾等對如上所述之混合物中的含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯進行純化即可,而且,作為純度高的含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯,可使用作為蒸餾單甘油酯而市售者。作為所述含有羧基之有機酸單甘油酯之市售品,例如可列舉同POEM K-37V(甘油檸檬酸油酸酯)、花王公司製造之STEP SS(甘油硬脂酸/棕櫚酸琥珀酸酯)等。When it is desired to increase the purity of the carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglyceride, the carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglyceride in the mixture as described above may be purified by distillation or the like, and as a high purity An organic acid monoglyceride containing a carboxyl group can be used as a distilled monoglyceride. As a commercial item of the carboxyl group-containing organic acid monoglyceride, for example, POEM K-37V (glycerol citrate oleate) and STEP SS (glycerol stearic acid/palmitate succinate) can be cited. )Wait.
本發明之膜中所含之所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸的添加量相對於所述醯化纖維素而言為0.1 wt%~20 wt%之比例,特佳的是0.5 wt%~10 wt%,進一步特佳的是0.6 wt%~5 wt%,進一步特佳的是1.5 wt%~5 wt%。The amount of the organic acid represented by the above formula (1) contained in the film of the present invention is from 0.1 wt% to 20 wt%, more preferably 0.5 wt%, based on the deuterated cellulose. From % to 10 wt%, further preferably from 0.6 wt% to 5 wt%, further preferably from 1.5 wt% to 5 wt%.
若添加量為0.1%以上,則偏光元件耐久性改良效果及剝離性改良效果變充分。而且,若為20 wt%以下之添加量,則於高溫高濕經時中有機酸難以滲出,偏光板之正交透射率難以上升而較佳。When the amount of addition is 0.1% or more, the effect of improving the durability of the polarizing element and the effect of improving the peeling property are sufficient. In addition, when the amount is 20 wt% or less, it is difficult for the organic acid to bleed out during high temperature and high humidity, and it is difficult to increase the orthogonal transmittance of the polarizing plate.
所述通式(1)所表示之有機酸的分子量較佳的是200~1000。The molecular weight of the organic acid represented by the above formula (1) is preferably from 200 to 1,000.
(糖酯化合物)(sugar ester compound)
-糖殘基-- sugar residue -
所述糖酯化合物是指構成該化合物之多糖中的可取代之基(例如羥基、羧基)之至少1個與至少1種取代基進行酯鍵結之化合物。亦即,此處所謂之糖酯化合物亦包含廣義之糖衍生物類,例如亦包含如葡萄糖酸這樣的包含糖殘基作為結構的化合物。亦即,所述糖酯化合物亦包含葡萄糖與羧酸之酯體、葡萄糖酸與醇之酯體。The sugar ester compound refers to a compound in which at least one of a substitutable group (for example, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group) in the polysaccharide constituting the compound is ester-bonded to at least one substituent. That is, the so-called sugar ester compound herein also includes a generalized sugar derivative, and for example, a compound containing a sugar residue such as gluconic acid as a structure. That is, the sugar ester compound also includes an ester of glucose and a carboxylic acid, and an ester of gluconic acid and an alcohol.
構成所述糖酯化合物之多糖中的可取代之基較佳的是羥基。The substitutable group in the polysaccharide constituting the sugar ester compound is preferably a hydroxyl group.
所述糖酯化合物中包含源自構成糖酯化合物之多糖之結構(以下亦稱為糖殘基)。將所述糖殘基之每單糖之結構稱為糖酯化合物之結構單元。所述糖酯化合物之結構單元較佳的是包含吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元,更佳的是所有糖殘基均為吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元。而且,於所述糖酯由多糖所構成之情形時,較佳的是一同包含吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元。The sugar ester compound contains a structure derived from a polysaccharide constituting the sugar ester compound (hereinafter also referred to as a sugar residue). The structure of each monosaccharide of the sugar residue is referred to as a structural unit of a sugar ester compound. The structural unit of the sugar ester compound preferably contains a pyranose structural unit or a furanose structural unit, and more preferably all of the sugar residues are pyranose structural units or furanose structural units. Further, in the case where the sugar ester is composed of a polysaccharide, it is preferred to contain a pyranose structural unit or a furanose structural unit together.
所述糖酯化合物之糖殘基可源自5單糖亦可源自6單糖,較佳的是源自6單糖。The sugar residue of the sugar ester compound may be derived from 5 monosaccharides or 6 monosaccharides, preferably 6 monosaccharides.
所述糖酯化合物中所含之結構單元數較佳的是2~4,更佳的是2~3,特佳的是2。亦即,構成所述糖酯化合物之糖較佳的是2糖類~4糖類,更佳的是2糖類~3糖類,特佳的是2糖類。The number of structural units contained in the sugar ester compound is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and particularly preferably 2. That is, the sugar constituting the sugar ester compound is preferably 2 saccharides to 4 saccharides, more preferably 2 saccharides to 3 saccharides, and particularly preferably 2 saccharides.
於本發明中,所述糖酯化合物更佳的是羥基之至少1個被酯化的包含2個~4個吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元的糖酯化合物,更佳的是羥基之至少1個被酯化的包含2個吡喃糖結構單元或呋喃糖結構單元之糖酯化合物。In the present invention, the sugar ester compound is more preferably a sugar ester compound containing at least one hydroxyl group containing two to four pyranose structural units or a furanose structural unit, more preferably a hydroxyl group. At least one esterified sugar ester compound comprising two pyranose structural units or furanose structural units.
作為所述單糖或包含2個~4個單糖單元之糖類的例子,例如可列舉赤藻糖(erythrose)、異赤藻糖(threose)、核糖、阿拉伯糖、木糖、來蘇糖、阿洛糖、阿卓糖、葡萄糖、果糖、甘露糖、古洛糖、艾杜糖、半乳糖、塔羅糖(talose)、海藻糖(trehalose)、異海藻糖、新海藻糖、海藻糖胺、曲二糖(kojibiose)、黑曲黴二糖(nigerose)、麥芽糖、麥芽糖醇、異麥芽糖、槐糖、昆布二糖、纖維雙糖、龍膽二糖、乳糖、乳糖胺、乳糖醇、乳酮糖、蜜二糖、櫻草糖、芸香糖、海葱二糖(scillabiose)、蔗糖、蔗糖素、松二糖、莢豆二糖、纖維三糖、馬鈴薯三糖、龍膽三糖、異麥芽三糖、異葡糖基麥芽糖、麥芽三糖、甘露三糖、松三糖、潘糖、車前糖、棉子糖、茄三糖、傘形糖、石蒜四糖、麥芽四糖、水蘇糖、麥芽五糖、、麥芽六糖、木糖醇、山梨糖醇等。Examples of the monosaccharide or a saccharide containing two to four monosaccharide units include erythrose, threose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, and lyxose. Allose, altrose, glucose, fructose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, trehalose, iso-trehalose, new trehalose, trehalose , kojibiose, nigerose, maltose, maltitol, isomaltose, sucrose, kelp, cellobiose, gentiobiose, lactose, lactosamine, lactitol, lactone Sugar, melibiose, primrose, chewing gum, scillabiose, sucrose, sucralose, pine disaccharide, podobiose, cellotriose, potato trisaccharide, gentian trisaccharide, iso-mai Bud triose, isoglucosyl maltose, maltotriose, mannotriose, pine trisaccharide, panose, psyllium, raffinose, eggplant trisaccharide, umbelliferous, lycopene, malt Sugar, stachyose, maltopentaose, , maltohexaose, xylitol, sorbitol, and the like.
較佳的是核糖、阿拉伯糖、木糖、來蘇糖、葡萄糖、果糖、甘露糖、半乳糖、菌藻糖、麥芽糖、纖維雙糖、乳糖、蔗糖、蔗糖素、木糖醇、山梨糖醇,更佳的是阿拉伯糖、木糖、葡萄糖、果糖、甘露糖、半乳糖、麥芽糖、纖維雙糖、蔗糖,特佳的是木糖、葡萄糖、果糖、甘露糖、半乳糖、麥芽糖、纖維雙糖、蔗糖、木糖醇、山梨糖醇。Preferred are ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, glucose, fructose, mannose, galactose, bacteriocin, maltose, cellobiose, lactose, sucrose, sucralose, xylitol, sorbitol More preferably, arabinose, xylose, glucose, fructose, mannose, galactose, maltose, cellobiose, sucrose, especially xylose, glucose, fructose, mannose, galactose, maltose, fiber double Sugar, sucrose, xylitol, sorbitol.
作為所述糖酯化合物之取代基之較佳例,可列舉烷基(較佳的是碳數為1~22之烷基,更佳的是碳數為1~12之烷基,特佳的是碳數為1~8之烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、羥基乙基、羥基丙基、2-氰基乙基、苄基等)、芳基(較佳的是碳數為6~24之芳基,更佳的是6~18之芳基,特佳的是6~12之芳基,例如苯基、萘基)、醯基(較佳的是碳數為1~22之醯基,更佳的是碳數為2~12之醯基,特佳的是碳數為2~8之醯基,例如乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、戊醯基、己醯基、辛醯基、苯甲醯基、甲苯甲醯基、鄰苯二甲醯基等)、醯胺基(較佳的是碳數為1~22之醯胺基,更佳的是碳數為2~12之醯胺基,特佳的是碳數為2~8之醯胺基,例如甲醯胺基、乙醯胺基等)、醯亞胺基(較佳的是碳數為4~22之醯亞胺基,更佳的是碳數為4~12之醯亞胺基,特佳的是碳數為4~8之醯亞胺基,例如琥珀醯亞胺基、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基等)。其中,更佳的是烷基或醯基,更佳的是甲基、乙醯基、苯甲醯基,特佳的是苯甲醯基及乙醯基中之至少一方,進一步特佳的是苯甲醯基。Preferable examples of the substituent of the sugar ester compound include an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms). Is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, 2-cyanoethyl, benzyl, etc.), aryl (preferably carbon number) It is an aryl group of 6 to 24, more preferably an aryl group of 6 to 18, particularly preferably an aryl group of 6 to 12, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a fluorenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to ~). The thiol group of 22 is more preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, particularly preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, such as an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a butyl group, a pentylene group, or a hexyl group. Base, octyl decyl, benzhydryl, tolylmethyl, phthalic acid, etc.), guanamine group (preferably a decyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 22, more preferably a carbon number of 2) ~12 醯 醯 ,, particularly preferred is a decylamino group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a carbamide group, an etidamine group, etc., and a quinone imine group (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 22) Further, the imine group is more preferably an anthranylene group having a carbon number of 4 to 12, particularly preferably an anthranylene group having a carbon number of 4 to 8, such as a Peryleneimine, phthalimido, etc.). More preferably, it is an alkyl group or a mercapto group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl fluorenyl group or a benzamidine group, and particularly preferably at least one of a benzamidine group and an ethenyl group, and further preferably Benzoyl thiol.
以下,列舉可於本發明中使用之糖酯化合物之具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。而且,於下述之具體例中並未記載各糖酯化合物之酯取代度,但只要不違反本發明之主旨則可使用任意酯取代度之糖酯化合物,亦可製成糖酯化合物混合體而使用。Specific examples of the sugar ester compound which can be used in the present invention are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the specific examples described below, the degree of ester substitution of each of the sugar ester compounds is not described. However, any sugar ester compound having an ester substitution degree may be used as long as it does not contradict the gist of the present invention, and a mixture of sugar ester compounds may be prepared. And use.
於以下之結構式中,R分別獨立地表示任意取代基,多個R可相同亦可不同。In the following structural formula, R each independently represents an arbitrary substituent, and a plurality of R may be the same or different.
另外,作為所述糖酯化合物,亦可使用日本專利特開2001-247717號公報、日本專利特表2005-515285號公報、國際公開WO2007/125764號公報、國際公開WO2009/011228號公報、國際公開WO2009/031464號公報等中所記載之糖酯化合物。In addition, as the sugar ester compound, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-247717, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2005-515285, International Publication No. WO2007/125764, International Publication No. WO2009/011228, and International Publications A sugar ester compound described in WO2009/031464 or the like.
作為所述糖酯化合物之獲得方法,可由東京化成股份有限公司製造、Aldrich製造等而以市售品的形式商業性獲得,或者藉由對市售之碳水化合物進行已知之酯衍生物化法(例如日本專利特開平8-245678號公報中所記載之方法)而合成。The method for obtaining the sugar ester compound can be commercially obtained in the form of a commercially available product, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., manufactured by Aldrich, or the like, or by a known ester derivatization method for a commercially available carbohydrate (for example). It is synthesized by the method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 8-245678.
所述糖酯化合物之數量平均分子量較佳的是200~3500,更佳的是420~3000,特佳的是450~2000的範圍。The number average molecular weight of the sugar ester compound is preferably from 200 to 3,500, more preferably from 420 to 3,000, particularly preferably from 450 to 2,000.
所述糖酯化合物較佳的是相對於醯化纖維素而含有2 wt%~30 wt%,更佳的是含有5 wt%~20 wt%。The sugar ester compound preferably contains 2 wt% to 30 wt%, more preferably 5 wt% to 20 wt%, relative to the deuterated cellulose.
[膜之製造方法][Method of manufacturing film]
本發明之膜可藉由以下詳述之本發明之膜的製造方法(以下亦稱為本發明之製造方法),分別根據使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形、與使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形而採用不同之製膜條件,由此可效率良好地製造。The film of the present invention can be produced by using a method for producing a film of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as a production method of the present invention) as described below, depending on the case of using cellulose acetate as the cellulose hydride, and the use of cellulose butyrate. Alternatively, cellulose propionate can be produced efficiently by using different film forming conditions as the case of deuterated cellulose.
於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,本發明之製造方法包括:將包含總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之乙酸纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸5%~100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸20%~150%之步驟;其特徵在於:所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv)。In the case of using cellulose acetate as the deuterated cellulose, the production method of the present invention comprises: casting a dopant containing cellulose acetate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8 onto a metal support for solution casting. a step of obtaining a film; a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); and removing the film from the residual volatilization satisfying the following formula (ii) a step of extending 5% to 100% in the film transport direction in the state of the component H2; and the peeled film is extended in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) is satisfied. a step of 20% to 150%; characterized in that the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv).
式(i)20%≦H1≦60%Formula (i) 20% ≦ H1 ≦ 60%
式(ii)10%≦H2≦60%Formula (ii) 10% ≦ H2 ≦ 60%
式(iii)5%≦H3≦45%Formula (iii) 5% ≦ H3 ≦ 45%
式(iv)(MD延伸倍率+100%)/(TD延伸倍率+100%)≧0.70Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (TD stretching ratio + 100%) ≧ 0.70
(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%)。)(In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction.)
於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,其包括:將包含總醯基取代度為2.1~2.8之丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素的摻雜物於金屬支撐體上進行溶液流延而獲得膜之步驟;藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜自金屬支撐體上剝下之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸20%~100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸35%~150%之步驟;其特徵在於:所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv)。In the case of using cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate as the cellulose deuterated, it comprises: doping a metal containing cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate having a total thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.8 to the metal a step of performing solution casting on the support to obtain a film; a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i); and the peeled film is satisfied a step of extending 20% to 100% in the film transport direction in the state of the residual volatile component H2 of the formula (ii); and the peeled film is in a state of satisfying the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) a step of extending the direction in which the film transport direction is orthogonal to 35% to 150%; wherein the extending step satisfies the following formula (iv).
式(i)20%≦H1≦60%Formula (i) 20% ≦ H1 ≦ 60%
式(ii)10%≦H2≦60%Formula (ii) 10% ≦ H2 ≦ 60%
式(iii)5%≦H3≦45%Formula (iii) 5% ≦ H3 ≦ 45%
式(iv)(MD延伸倍率+100%)/(TD延伸倍率+100%)≧0.70Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio + 100%) / (TD stretching ratio + 100%) ≧ 0.70
(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%)。)(In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction.)
以下,對本發明之製造方法加以說明。Hereinafter, the production method of the present invention will be described.
<將醯化纖維素形成為膜狀之步驟><Step of forming deuterated cellulose into a film shape>
於本發明之製造方法中,於將醯化纖維素形成為膜狀之步驟中,可使用溶液流延製膜法,亦可使用熔融製膜法。其中,較佳的是使用溶液流延製膜法,更佳的是使用將包含醯化纖維素及溶劑之摻雜物流涎於支撐體上之方法。而且,於本發明之製造方法中,特佳的是將摻雜物流延於支撐體上,使溶劑蒸發而形成醯化纖維素膜。In the production method of the present invention, in the step of forming the deuterated cellulose into a film form, a solution casting film forming method or a melt film forming method may be used. Among them, it is preferred to use a solution casting film forming method, and it is more preferred to use a method in which a doping stream containing deuterated cellulose and a solvent is placed on a support. Further, in the production method of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to extend the doping stream onto the support to evaporate the solvent to form a cellulose-deposited film.
(摻雜物之製造)(manufacturing of dopants)
對本發明之製造方法中,摻雜物中所含之較佳之各成分加以說明。其中,較佳的是相對於所述丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素而言並不包含3 wt%以上之Re表現劑。關於其他添加劑,可於所述本發明之膜之說明中所例示之範圍內較佳地使用,關於於摻雜物中之添加時期並無特別限制。In the manufacturing method of the present invention, preferred components contained in the dopant are described. Among them, it is preferred that the Re-presentant is not contained in an amount of 3 wt% or more with respect to the cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate. Other additives may be preferably used within the range exemplified in the description of the film of the present invention, and the period of addition in the dopant is not particularly limited.
於本發明所使用之摻雜物中,較佳的是將醯化纖維素之量調整為於所得之摻雜物中含有10 wt%~40 wt%。醯化纖維素之量更佳的是10 wt%~30 wt%。In the dopant used in the present invention, it is preferred to adjust the amount of deuterated cellulose to 10 to 40% by weight in the resulting dopant. The amount of deuterated cellulose is more preferably from 10 wt% to 30 wt%.
於本發明之製造方法中在摻雜物中所使用之溶劑若為溶液流延中所使用之溶劑,則可採用公知之溶劑,但自進一步使霧度降低之觀點考慮,較佳的是包含選自碳原子數為3~12之醚、碳原子數為3~12之酮、碳原子數為3~12之酯及碳原子數為1~6之鹵代烴的溶劑。醚、酮及酯亦可具有環狀結構。具有2個以上醚、酮及酯之官能基(亦即-O-、-CO-及-COO-)之任意者的化合物亦可作為溶劑而使用。溶劑亦可具有如醇性羥基這樣的其他官能基。於具有2種以上官能基之溶劑之情形時,其碳原子數若為任意之具有官能基之化合物的規定範圍內即可。In the production method of the present invention, if the solvent used in the dopant is a solvent used for solution casting, a known solvent may be used. However, from the viewpoint of further reducing the haze, it is preferable to include A solvent selected from the group consisting of an ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, an ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and a halogenated hydrocarbon having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The ethers, ketones and esters may also have a cyclic structure. A compound having two or more functional groups of an ether, a ketone, and an ester (that is, -O-, -CO-, and -COO-) may be used as a solvent. The solvent may also have other functional groups such as an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In the case of a solvent having two or more functional groups, the number of carbon atoms may be within a predetermined range of a compound having a functional group.
碳原子數為3~12之醚類的例子包括二異丙醚、二甲氧基甲烷、二甲氧基乙烷、1,4-二噁烷、1,3-二氧戊環、四氫呋喃、苯甲醚及苯基乙基醚。Examples of the ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, Anisole and phenylethyl ether.
碳原子數為3~12之酮類的例子包括丙酮、丁酮、二乙基酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮及甲基環己酮。Examples of the ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone.
碳原子數為3~12之酯類的例子包括甲酸乙酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯及乙酸戊酯。Examples of the ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl formate, propyl formate, amyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and amyl acetate.
具有2種以上官能基之有機溶劑的例子包括乙酸-2-乙氧基乙酯、2-甲氧基乙醇及2-丁氧基乙醇。Examples of the organic solvent having two or more functional groups include 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-butoxyethanol.
鹵代烴之碳原子數較佳的是1或2,最佳的是1。鹵代烴之鹵素較佳的是氯。鹵代烴之氫原子被取代為鹵素之比例較佳的是25 mol%~75 mol%,更佳的是30 mol%~70 mol%,進一步更佳的是35 mol%~65 mol%,最佳的是40 mol%~60 mol%。作為鹵代烴之例子,可列舉二氯甲烷、氯仿、氯甲烷、四氯化碳、三氯乙酸、溴化甲烷、碘化 、三(四)氯乙烯等,較佳的是至少包含二氯甲烷。The number of carbon atoms of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. The halogen of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably chlorine. The proportion of the halogen atom of the halogenated hydrocarbon to be substituted with halogen is preferably 25 mol% to 75 mol%, more preferably 30 mol% to 70 mol%, still more preferably 35 mol% to 65 mol%, most preferably The best is 40 mol% to 60 mol%. Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbons include dichloromethane, chloroform, methyl chloride, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroacetic acid, methyl bromide, and iodination. And tris(tetra)vinyl chloride or the like, preferably containing at least dichloromethane.
於本發明中,進一步較佳的是以3 wt%~30 wt%之比例包含不良溶劑(poor solvent),更佳的是以5 wt%~20 wt%之比例包含不良溶劑。藉由於上述範圍內包含不良溶劑,存在如下傾向而較佳:與醯化纖維素之相容性提高,霧度進一步降低。In the present invention, it is further preferred to include a poor solvent in a ratio of 3 wt% to 30 wt%, more preferably a poor solvent in a ratio of 5 wt% to 20 wt%. Since the poor solvent is contained in the above range, it is preferable that the compatibility with the cellulose halide is improved and the haze is further lowered.
另外,不良溶劑之沸點較佳的是120℃以下,更佳的是40℃~100℃。藉由使沸點為120℃以下,可進一步加快溶劑之乾燥速度而較佳。作為此種不良溶劑,可列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇及水作為較佳例,更佳的是甲醇。Further, the boiling point of the poor solvent is preferably 120 ° C or lower, more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C. By setting the boiling point to 120 ° C or lower, the drying speed of the solvent can be further increased, which is preferable. As such a poor solvent, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, and water are preferable, and methanol is more preferable.
可藉由通常之方法而調製所述摻雜物。所謂通常之方法是表示以0℃以上之溫度(常溫或高溫)而進行處理。溶液之調製可使用通常之溶劑澆鑄法(solvent casting method)中的摻雜物之調製方法及裝置而實施。摻雜物可藉由於常溫(0℃~40℃)下對醯化纖維素與溶劑進行攪拌而調製。高濃度之溶液亦可於加壓及加熱條件下進行攪拌。具體而言,將醯化纖維素與溶劑放入至加壓容器中而加以密封,於加壓下一面加熱至溶劑於常溫下之沸點以上且溶劑不沸騰之範圍的溫度一面進行攪拌。加熱溫度通常為40℃以上,較佳的是60℃~200℃,更佳的是80℃~110℃。The dopant can be modulated by conventional methods. The usual method is to carry out treatment at a temperature of 0 ° C or higher (normal temperature or high temperature). The preparation of the solution can be carried out by using a method and apparatus for preparing a dopant in a usual solvent casting method. The dopant can be prepared by stirring the deuterated cellulose and the solvent at normal temperature (0 ° C to 40 ° C). The high concentration solution can also be stirred under pressure and heating. Specifically, the deuterated cellulose and the solvent are placed in a pressurized container, sealed, and heated under pressure while being heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the boiling point of the solvent at a normal temperature and at a temperature at which the solvent does not boil. The heating temperature is usually 40 ° C or higher, preferably 60 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably 80 ° C to 110 ° C.
各成分亦可預先進行粗混合然後放入至容器(貯槽等)中。而且,亦可順次投入至容器中。容器必須以可攪拌之方式而構成。可注入氮氣等惰性氣體而對容器進行加壓。而且,亦可利用藉由加熱溶劑之蒸汽壓之上升。或者,亦可對容器進行密閉後,於壓力下添加各成分。Each component may also be coarsely mixed in advance and placed in a container (storage tank, etc.). Moreover, it can be sequentially put into the container. The container must be constructed in a stirrable manner. The container may be pressurized by injecting an inert gas such as nitrogen. Moreover, it is also possible to use an increase in the vapor pressure by heating the solvent. Alternatively, the container may be sealed and the components may be added under pressure.
於進行加熱之情形時,較佳的是自容器之外部進行加熱。例如,可使用套箱式(jacket type)之加熱裝置。而且,亦可於容器之外部設置加熱板,進行配管而使液體循環,藉此而對容器整體進行加熱。In the case of heating, it is preferred to carry out heating from the outside of the container. For example, a jacket type heating device can be used. Further, a heating plate may be provided outside the container, and piping may be performed to circulate the liquid, thereby heating the entire container.
較佳的是於容器內部設置攪拌翼,使用該攪拌翼進行攪拌。攪拌翼較佳的是達到容器壁附近之長度的攪拌翼。於攪拌翼之末端,為了更新容器壁之液膜,較佳的是設置刮取翼。It is preferred to provide a stirring blade inside the container and stir using the stirring blade. The agitating blades are preferably agitating blades that reach the length of the container wall. At the end of the agitating wing, in order to renew the liquid film of the container wall, it is preferred to provide a scraping wing.
容器中亦可設置壓力計、溫度計等計量儀器類。於容器內將各成分溶解於溶劑中。所調製之摻雜物可於冷卻後自容器中取出,或者於取出後使用熱交換器等而進行冷卻。A measuring instrument such as a pressure gauge or a thermometer may be provided in the container. The ingredients are dissolved in a solvent in a container. The prepared dopant can be taken out of the container after cooling, or cooled after being taken out using a heat exchanger or the like.
亦可藉由冷卻溶解法而調製所述摻雜物。The dopant can also be prepared by a cooling dissolution process.
(製膜步驟)(film forming step)
於本發明中,較佳的是藉由溶劑澆鑄法,由所調製之摻雜物而製造膜。In the present invention, it is preferred to manufacture from the prepared dopant by solvent casting. membrane.
製造本發明之膜的方法及設備可使用與先前供於三乙酸纖維素膜製造者相同的溶液流延製膜方法及溶液流延製膜裝置。將由溶解機(釜)而調製之摻雜物(醯化纖維素溶液)暫時儲存於儲存釜中,對摻雜物中所含之泡進行消泡而進行最終調製。較佳的是可調整模具之噴嘴部分的槽口(slit)形狀,易於使膜厚均一之加壓模具。作為加壓模具,存在有衣架型模具(coat hanger die)或T型模具等,可較佳地使用任意者。金屬支撐體之表面成為鏡面。為了提高製膜速度,亦可於金屬支撐體上設置2台以上加壓模具,對摻雜物量進行分割而多層進行。或者藉由同時流延多種摻雜物的共流延法而獲得積層結構之膜的方法亦較佳。The method and apparatus for producing the film of the present invention can use the same solution casting film forming method and solution casting film forming apparatus as those previously provided for the cellulose triacetate film manufacturer. The dopant (deuterated cellulose solution) prepared by the dissolving machine (tank) is temporarily stored in a storage tank, and the bubbles contained in the dopant are defoamed to be finally prepared. It is preferable to adjust the shape of the slit of the nozzle portion of the mold, and it is easy to pressurize the mold with uniform film thickness. As the press mold, there are a coat hanger die or a T-die, and any of them can be preferably used. The surface of the metal support becomes a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more press molds may be provided on the metal support, and the amount of the dopant may be divided into a plurality of layers. Or a method of obtaining a film of a laminate structure by co-casting a plurality of dopants simultaneously.
較佳的是將摻雜物自摻雜物排出口通過例如可藉由轉速而高精度地定量送液的加壓型定量齒輪泵(gear pump)而送至加壓型模具,自加壓型模具之噴嘴(槽口)將摻雜物均一地流延於循環運行之流延部的金屬支撐體上,於金屬支撐體大致繞一周之剝離點,將半乾之摻雜物膜(亦稱為腹板)自金屬支撐體上剝離。將所得之腹板之兩端以夾具夾住,藉由拉幅機進行搬送而加以乾燥,繼而藉由乾燥裝置之輥群進行搬送而結束乾燥,藉由捲取機而捲取規定之長度。拉幅機與輥群之乾燥裝置的組合可視需要而改變。於電子顯示器用功能性保護膜中所使用之溶液流延製膜方法中,除了溶液流延製膜裝置以外,為了底塗層、靜電防止層、防暈光層、保護層等膜之表面加工,多附加塗佈裝置。以下對各製造步驟加以簡單的敍述,但並不限定於該些。Preferably, the dopant is sent from the dopant discharge port to a pressurizing die by, for example, a pressure type quantitative gear pump that can accurately feed the liquid by a rotation speed, and is self-pressurizing. The nozzle (notch) of the mold uniformly casts the dopant on the metal support of the casting portion of the circulating operation, and the semi-dry doping film is also formed at the peeling point of the metal support substantially one round. Stripped from the metal support for the web). Both ends of the obtained web were clamped by a jig, conveyed by a tenter, dried, and then conveyed by a roll group of a drying device to complete the drying, and the coil was taken up to a predetermined length. The combination of the tenter and the drying device of the roller group can be changed as needed. In the solution casting film forming method used for the functional protective film for electronic displays, in addition to the solution casting film forming apparatus, the surface processing of the film such as the undercoat layer, the static electricity preventing layer, the anti-corona layer, and the protective layer is performed. , additional coating equipment. The respective manufacturing steps will be briefly described below, but are not limited thereto.
所調製之摻雜物較佳的是流延於無邊緣金屬支撐體上、例如金屬滾筒(drum)或金屬支撐體(帶或傳送帶)上,使溶劑蒸發而形成膜。流延前之摻雜物較佳的是以纖維素量成為10 wt%~35 wt%之方式調整濃度。滾筒或帶之表面較佳的是預先進行精加工使其成為鏡面狀態。關於溶劑澆鑄法中之流延及乾燥方法,於美國專利2336310號、美國專利2367603號、美國專利2492078號、美國專利2492977號、美國專利2492978號、美國專利2607704號、美國專利2739069號、美國專利2739070號、英國專利640731號、英國專利736892號之各說明書,日本專利特公昭45-4554號、日本專利特公昭49-5614號、日本專利特開昭60-176834號、日本專利特開昭60-203430號、日本專利特開昭62-115035號之各公報有所記載。The modulated dopant is preferably cast onto a non-edge metal support, such as a metal drum or metal support (belt or belt), to evaporate the solvent to form a film. The dopant before casting is preferably adjusted in such a manner that the amount of cellulose becomes 10 wt% to 35 wt%. The surface of the drum or belt is preferably pre-finished to have a mirrored state. The method of casting and drying in the solvent casting method is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 2,313,310, U.S. Patent No. 2,367,603, U.S. Patent No. 2,492,078, U.S. Patent No. 2,492,977, U.S. Patent No. 2,492,978, U.S. Patent No. 2,607,704, U.S. Patent No. 2,739,069, U.S. Patent. No. 2,739,070, British Patent No. 640,731, and British Patent No. 736,892, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 45-4554, Japanese Patent No. Sho 49-5614, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 60-176834, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 60 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-62-115035, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
另外,於本發明中可應用日本專利特開2000-301555號、日本專利特開2000-301558號、日本專利特開平7-032391號、日本專利特開平3-193316號、日本專利特開平5-086212號、日本專利特開昭62-037113號、日本專利特開平2-276607號、日本專利特開昭55-014201號、日本專利特開平2-111511號、及日本專利特開平2-208650號之各公報中所記載之醯化纖維素製膜技術。In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-301555, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-301558, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 7-032391, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. 3-193316, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5- Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The cellulose-based film forming technology described in each of the publications.
摻雜物較佳的是流延於表面溫度為30℃以下之滾筒或帶上,特佳的是-50℃~20℃之金屬支撐體溫度。本發明之製造方法較佳的是對所述金屬支撐體上所流延的所述摻雜物,自該金屬支撐體之背面及表面之兩個面吹乾燥風。較佳的是於流延後接觸2秒以上之風而進行乾燥。亦可將所得之膜自滾筒或帶上剝下,進一步藉由於100℃至160℃之間逐次改變溫度之高溫風而進行乾燥,使殘留溶劑蒸發。以上之方法於日本專利特公平5-17844號公報中有所記載。藉由該方法,可縮短自流延至剝下之時間。為了實施該方法,必須於流延時之滾筒或帶之表面溫度下使摻雜物凝膠化。The dopant is preferably cast on a drum or belt having a surface temperature of 30 ° C or less, and more preferably a metal support temperature of -50 ° C to 20 ° C. In the manufacturing method of the present invention, it is preferred that the dopant cast on the metal support blows dry air from both the back surface and the surface of the metal support. It is preferred to carry out the drying by contacting the wind for 2 seconds or more after casting. The obtained film may also be peeled off from a roll or a belt, and further dried by a high-temperature wind which is continuously changed in temperature between 100 ° C and 160 ° C to evaporate the residual solvent. The above method is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-17844. By this method, the time from self-casting to peeling can be shortened. In order to carry out the method, the dopant must be gelled at the surface temperature of the roller or belt at which the flow is delayed.
本發明之製造方法較佳的是使用醯化纖維素之總醯基取代度相互不同之2種以上摻雜物作為所述摻雜物,將各摻雜物共流延於支撐體上。In the production method of the present invention, it is preferred to use two or more kinds of dopants having different total thiol substitution degrees of deuterated cellulose as the dopant, and to co-cast the respective dopants on the support.
於本發明之膜之形成中,較佳的是使用共流延法、逐次流延法、塗佈法等積層流延法,特別是自穩定製造及減低生產成本之觀點考慮,特佳的是同時使用共流延法。In the formation of the film of the present invention, it is preferred to use a lamination casting method such as a co-casting method, a sequential casting method, a coating method, or the like, in particular, from the viewpoint of stable production and reduction in production cost, particularly preferably The co-casting method is also used.
於藉由共流延法及逐次流延法而進行製造之情形時,首先調製各層用乙酸纖維素溶液(摻雜物)。共流延法(多層同時流延)是自流延用成型機(giesser)(流延用成型機是將各層(3層或其以上均可)各個之流延用摻雜物自不同之槽口等同時壓出)將摻雜物壓出於流延用支撐體(帶或滾筒)上,同時流延各層,於適當之時期自支撐體上剝下,加以乾燥而成形膜之流延法。In the case of production by a co-casting method and a sequential casting method, first, a cellulose acetate solution (dopant) for each layer is prepared. The co-casting method (multi-layer simultaneous casting) is a self-casting molding machine (gisser) (the casting molding machine is a casting doping for each layer (three layers or more) from different notches) At the same time, the doping is pressed against the support for the casting (belt or drum) while casting the layers, peeling off from the support at an appropriate period, and drying to form a film casting method.
逐次流延法是藉由於流延用支撐體上首先將第1層用流延用摻雜物自流延用成型機壓出而進行流延,進行乾燥或並不進行乾燥,於其上自流延用成型機壓出第2層用流延用摻雜物而進行流延之要點,若必要則逐次將摻雜物流延、積層至第3層以上,於適當之時期自支撐體上剝下,加以乾燥而形成膜的流延法。塗佈法通常是藉由溶液製膜法於膜上而成形芯層膜,調製在表層上所塗佈之塗佈液,使用適當之塗佈機,於每個單面或者兩個面上同時於膜上塗佈塗佈液並加以乾燥而形成積層結構之膜的方法。The successive casting method is carried out by first casting the first layer casting dopant from a casting machine by a casting machine, casting it, and drying it or drying it without casting it. The purpose of casting the dopant for casting of the second layer by a molding machine is carried out, and if necessary, the doping stream is successively stretched and laminated to the third layer or more, and is peeled off from the support at an appropriate period. A casting method of drying to form a film. In the coating method, a core film is usually formed on a film by a solution film forming method, and a coating liquid applied on the surface layer is prepared, and a single coater is used on each single side or both sides simultaneously. A method in which a coating liquid is applied onto a film and dried to form a film of a laminated structure.
(剝下)(stripping)
於剝離位置將於金屬支撐體上使溶劑蒸發而成之腹板剝離的步驟。將所剝離之腹板送至隨後之步驟。另外,若於剝離之時間點的腹板之殘留揮發成分(下述式)過大,則難以剝離;相反若於金屬支撐體上過於使其充分乾燥後將其剝離,則會造成於途中腹板之一部分剝落。The step of peeling off the web formed by evaporating the solvent on the metal support at the peeling position. The stripped web is sent to the subsequent step. Further, if the residual volatile component (the following formula) of the web at the time of peeling is too large, peeling is difficult; on the contrary, if the metal support is sufficiently dried and then peeled off, the web is formed on the way. Part of it peeled off.
此處,作為提高製膜速度之方法(可藉由於殘留溶劑量儘可能多時進行剝離而提高製膜速度),存在有凝膠流延法(凝膠澆鑄)。例如,存在有:於摻雜物中添加醯化纖維素之不良溶劑,於摻雜物流延後進行凝膠化之方法;降低金屬支撐體之溫度而進行凝膠化之方法等。藉由於金屬支撐體上使其凝膠化而提高剝離時之膜之強度,可加速剝離而提高製膜速度。Here, as a method of increasing the film forming speed (the film forming speed can be increased by peeling as much as possible when the amount of residual solvent is as large as possible), there is a gel casting method (gel casting). For example, there are a method of adding a poor solvent of deuterated cellulose to a dopant, a method of gelation after the doping stream is delayed, a method of reducing the temperature of the metal support, and gelation. By the gelation of the metal support, the strength of the film at the time of peeling is increased, and the peeling can be accelerated to increase the film forming speed.
較佳的是根據乾燥條件之強弱、金屬支撐體之長度等而於金屬支撐體上之腹板剝離時之殘留溶劑量為5 wt%~150 wt%之範圍內進行剝離,於殘留溶劑量更多之時間點進行剝離之情形時,兼顧經濟速度與品質而決定剝離時之殘留溶劑量。於本發明中,較佳的是將該金屬支撐體上之剝離位置的溫度設為-50℃~40℃,更佳的是10℃~40℃,最佳的是15℃~30℃。It is preferable to carry out the peeling in the range of 5 wt% to 150 wt% of the residual solvent when the web on the metal support is peeled off according to the strength of the drying conditions, the length of the metal support, etc., and the amount of residual solvent is further When the peeling is performed at a plurality of time points, the amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling is determined in consideration of economic speed and quality. In the present invention, it is preferred that the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is from -50 ° C to 40 ° C, more preferably from 10 ° C to 40 ° C, most preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.
本發明之製造方法不管醯化纖維素之種類為何,均包含藉由滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H1將所述膜自金屬支撐體上剝下的步驟。The production method of the present invention includes a step of peeling the film from the metal support by satisfying the residual volatile component H1 of the following formula (i) regardless of the type of the deuterated cellulose.
式(i)20%≦H1≦60%Formula (i) 20% ≦ H1 ≦ 60%
所述H1較佳的是22%~55%,特佳的是25%~45%。The H1 is preferably from 22% to 55%, particularly preferably from 25% to 45%.
殘留溶劑量可以下述式而表示。The amount of residual solvent can be expressed by the following formula.
殘留溶劑量(wt%)={(M-N)/N}×100Residual solvent amount (wt%)={(M-N)/N}×100
此處,M是腹板之任意時間點的重量,N是將重量為M者於110℃下乾燥3小時之時的重量。Here, M is the weight of the web at any time point, and N is the weight when the weight is M and dried at 110 ° C for 3 hours.
(利用跳動機構(dancer mechanism)之張力控制)(using the tension control of the dancer mechanism)
於本發明之製造方法中,自改善膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位的不均之觀點考慮,更佳的是包含:於將所述醯化纖維素形成為膜狀時使用流涎製膜裝置,於將所述膜自所述流延製膜裝置剝下後至所述延伸步驟之前之間,使用跳動機構控制對該膜所施加之張力的步驟。所謂利用跳動機構之張力控制是指藉由具有跳動輥(dancer roll)之跳動機構進行控制而將賦予至膜之張力保持為固定量。In the production method of the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the unevenness of the orientation of the slow phase axis in the longitudinal direction of the film, it is more preferable to use a flow film forming apparatus when the cellulose deuterated cellulose is formed into a film shape. The step of controlling the tension applied to the film is performed using a bounce mechanism between the film is peeled from the casting film forming device and before the stretching step. The tension control by the pulsating mechanism means that the tension applied to the film is maintained at a fixed amount by being controlled by a pulsating mechanism having a dancer roll.
本發明中之利用跳動機構之張力控制並不特別限定於以下態樣,於本發明之製造方法中,較佳的是於滾筒或傳送帶上進行乾燥、剝離之腹板(膜)於後述之延伸步驟之前通過如圖1或圖2所示那樣配置的輥群,一面可變地驅動跳動機構以使對膜所施加之張力距較佳之特定中心值之變動並不大,一面進行搬送。而且,此種跳動機構之張力控制部較佳的是設於進行延伸步驟之裝置之前,於乾燥步驟之前或之後均可。其中,於後述之延伸步驟中使用拉幅機法之情形時,較佳的是一面藉由拉幅機而把持膜兩端,一面進行固定驅動,一面使膜軟膜乾燥,亦即,較佳的是將膜自流涎製膜裝置之滾筒或帶上剝下之後,於乾燥步驟之前於膜軟膜之狀態下通過利用跳動機構之張力控制部。The tension control using the pulsating mechanism in the present invention is not particularly limited to the following aspect. In the manufacturing method of the present invention, it is preferred that the web (film) which is dried and peeled off on a drum or a conveyor belt is extended as described later. Before the step, the dancer group is variably driven by the roller group arranged as shown in Fig. 1 or Fig. 2 to carry out the conveyance while the fluctuation of the specific center value to be applied to the film is not large. Further, it is preferable that the tension control portion of the bounce mechanism is provided before or after the drying step before the device for performing the stretching step. In the case where the tenter method is used in the extending step described later, it is preferable to hold the film at both ends while holding the film by a tenter, and to dry the film, that is, preferably After the film is peeled off from the roll or belt of the film forming apparatus, the tension control unit is used by the beating mechanism in the state of the film soft film before the drying step.
作為此種跳動機構,可使用公知之裝置,特別是可列舉圖1及圖2中所記載之跳動機構10。圖2是可於本發明中較佳地使用之跳動機構10之概略圖。跳動機構10包含:跳動輥11,導輥17a、導輥17b,進行跳動輥11上所負荷之載重之控制的荷重控制裝置(跳動裝置負荷控制部)13,檢測跳動輥11之位置的角度檢測器(跳動裝置位置檢測感測器)12。跳動輥11於圖中上下方向移動自由地安裝於導輥17a、導輥17b之間。而且,對自剝下滾筒21所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜24所施加之張力的大小由跳動輥11上所負荷之載重的大小而決定。As such a bounce mechanism, a known device can be used, and in particular, the bounce mechanism 10 described in Figs. 1 and 2 can be cited. Figure 2 is a schematic illustration of a bounce mechanism 10 that can be preferably used in the present invention. The pulsating mechanism 10 includes a dancer roller 11, a guide roller 17a, a guide roller 17b, a load control device (bounce device load control portion) 13 for controlling the load applied to the dancer roller 11, and an angle detection for detecting the position of the dancer roller 11. (Bouncer position detection sensor) 12. The dancer roller 11 is movably attached between the guide roller 17a and the guide roller 17b in the vertical direction in the drawing. Further, the magnitude of the tension applied to the film (web) soft film 24 peeled off from the peeling roller 21 is determined by the magnitude of the load applied to the dancer roller 11.
對自剝下滾筒21上所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜24所施加之張力的大小較佳的是0 N~300 N之範圍內。而且,對自剝下滾筒21上所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜所施加之張力的大小的變動較佳的是所設定之張力之中心值±30 N以下。The magnitude of the tension applied to the film (web) film 24 peeled off from the peeling roller 21 is preferably in the range of 0 N to 300 N. Further, it is preferable that the variation in the magnitude of the tension applied to the film (web) peeled off from the peeling roller 21 is the center value of the set tension ± 30 N or less.
而且,荷重控制方法可為如下之任意方法:(1)利用氣缸之荷重控制,(2)於與上下之膜相接之側的相反側承載重量來地控制荷重之方法。Further, the load control method may be any of the following methods: (1) using the load control of the cylinder, and (2) a method of controlling the load by carrying the weight on the opposite side to the side in contact with the upper and lower films.
於圖2中,藉由角度檢測器(跳動裝置位置檢測感測器)12而檢測跳動輥11之位置。而且,作為基於該位置檢測結果的跳動輥11之響應控制之方法,可為如下之任意方法:(1)於跳動裝置上升、下降時使拉幅機驅動增減速之方法,(2)減輕對跳動裝置之荷重的方法。例如,跳動輥11亦可藉由將跳動機構後之步驟中的搬送速度(例如於延伸步驟中一面使用拉幅機裝置把持膜,一面進行搬送及延伸之情形時,為拉幅機驅動速度)增減速來控制,以將跳動輥11保持於其可移動之上限位置與下限位置之間的中間位置。例如,於跳動輥11自中立位置向下限方向移動時,藉由加快拉幅機驅動速度,可使跳動輥11返回至中立位置。In FIG. 2, the position of the dancer roller 11 is detected by an angle detector (bouncer position detecting sensor) 12. Further, the method of controlling the response of the dancer roller 11 based on the position detection result may be any of the following methods: (1) a method of causing the tenter to drive the acceleration and deceleration when the dancer is raised or lowered, and (2) reducing the pair. The method of loading the beating device. For example, the dancer roller 11 may be a carrier speed in the step of the beating mechanism (for example, when the film is conveyed and extended by using a tenter device in the extending step), the tenter driving speed is used. The deceleration is controlled to maintain the dancer roller 11 in an intermediate position between its movable upper limit position and lower limit position. For example, when the dancer roller 11 moves from the neutral position to the lower limit direction, the dancer roller 11 can be returned to the neutral position by increasing the tenter driving speed.
作為自流涎製膜裝置之滾筒或帶上所剝下之膜,其溫度越高則越變柔軟。因此,於本發明中,較佳的是使跳動裝置部分之溫度為25℃~100℃之範圍內,較佳的是於此種溫度範圍內中,以使對自剝下滾筒21所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜24所施加之張力的大小變動成為所設定之張力的中心值±30 N以下的範圍內之方式,設定跳動輥11所負荷之載重的大小。As the film of the self-flowing film forming apparatus or the film peeled off from the belt, the higher the temperature, the softer. Therefore, in the present invention, it is preferred that the temperature of the beating device portion is in the range of 25 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably in such a temperature range, so as to be peeled off from the peeling roller 21 . The magnitude of the load applied by the dancer roller 11 is set such that the magnitude of the tension applied by the film (web) soft film 24 is within a range of ±30 N or less of the center value of the set tension.
自剝下滾筒21所剝下之膜(腹板)軟膜24的表面溫度可藉由配置於剝下滾筒21與跳動機構10之間,與測定膜之表面溫度的溫度測定用探針相連接之溫度感測器14而測定。另外,作為溫度測定用探針,若為不傷及搬送中之膜之表面者,則可使用任意形狀及材質之探針。而且,本發明中,圖2之溫度感測器14之位置並不限定於此,例如亦可配置於跳動機構10之上游側之其他位置。The surface temperature of the film (web) soft film 24 peeled off from the peeling roller 21 can be disposed between the peeling roller 21 and the dancer mechanism 10, and is connected to the temperature measuring probe for measuring the surface temperature of the film. The temperature sensor 14 measures. Further, as the probe for temperature measurement, if the surface of the film to be conveyed is not damaged, a probe of any shape and material can be used. Further, in the present invention, the position of the temperature sensor 14 of FIG. 2 is not limited thereto, and may be disposed at other positions on the upstream side of the pulsating mechanism 10, for example.
以上之利用跳動機構之張力控制部的各部之控制可藉由系統控制器(未圖示)而進行。作為系統控制器,例如可使用日本專利特開2005-306019號公報之段落[0041]中所記載之系統控制器,可總括控制膜製造設備之動作。於該系統控制器(未圖示)上連接有例如驅動馬達(未圖示)、張力感測器15、荷重控制裝置13、角度檢測器12、用於控制風溫度的控制部(未圖示)、溫度感測器14、操作面板(未圖示)等。系統控制器可以如下方式而調整拉幅機裝置23之驅動速度:基於經由操作面板(未圖示)而輸入之張力的設定值,控制跳動裝置之荷重控制裝置13,於跳動輥11上負荷載重,並且基於角度檢測器12之位置檢測結果,控制驅動馬達(未圖示),將跳動輥11保持為較佳之位置。另外,系統控制器可基於溫度感測器14之膜表面溫度檢測結果,控制用於控制風溫度的控制部(未圖示),調節自鼓風機(air blower)(未圖示)所吹出之暖風之溫度。The control of each unit of the above-described tension control unit using the pulsating mechanism can be performed by a system controller (not shown). As the system controller, for example, the system controller described in the paragraph [0041] of JP-A-2005-306019 can be used, and the operation of the film manufacturing apparatus can be collectively controlled. For example, a drive motor (not shown), a tension sensor 15, a load control device 13, an angle detector 12, and a control unit for controlling the wind temperature are connected to the system controller (not shown) (not shown). ), temperature sensor 14, operation panel (not shown), and the like. The system controller can adjust the driving speed of the tenter device 23 in such a manner that the load control device 13 of the jumping device is controlled based on the set value of the tension input via the operation panel (not shown), and the load is loaded on the dancer roller 11 Based on the position detection result of the angle detector 12, the drive motor (not shown) is controlled to maintain the dancer roller 11 in a preferred position. Further, the system controller can control a control unit (not shown) for controlling the wind temperature based on the film surface temperature detection result of the temperature sensor 14, and adjust the warmth blown from an air blower (not shown). The temperature of the wind.
另外,此種利用跳動機構之張力控制部於圖1中在膜搬送路徑上設置1處,但本發明並不限定於此種態樣,亦可與搬送路徑之長度對應而設置2處以上。而且,例如於日本專利特開2005-306019號公報中所記載那樣,跳動機構亦可與吸筒(suction drum)併用。In addition, the tension control unit using the pulsating mechanism is provided in one position on the film transport path in FIG. 1, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect, and two or more positions may be provided corresponding to the length of the transport path. Further, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2005-306019, the pulsating mechanism can also be used in combination with a suction drum.
對在滾筒或傳送帶上進行乾燥、剝離之腹板的乾燥方法加以敍述。較佳的是於滾筒或傳送帶轉1周之前的剝離位置所剝離之腹板藉由如下方式而搬送:交互地通過配置為鋸齒狀之輥群而進行搬送的方法或藉由夾具等把持住所剝離之腹板之兩端而非接觸性地進行搬送的方法等。A method of drying the web which is dried and peeled off on a drum or a conveyor belt will be described. Preferably, the web which is peeled off at the peeling position before the drum or the belt is rotated one week is conveyed by: a method of conveying the piles arranged in a zigzag pattern alternately or by holding them by a jig or the like. The method of conveying the both ends of the web, not the contact.
本發明之製造方法中,於自所述剝下步驟至所述延伸步驟的過渡部分中,較佳的是所述膜通過3根以上之至少繞角為60°以上之路徑輥,更佳的是通過5根以上之路徑輥,特佳的是通過7根~51根之路徑輥。而且,本發明之製造方法中,如上所述,較佳的是所述繞角為60°以上之路徑輥包含至少1根跳動裝置,較佳的是所述跳動裝置為1根。另外,此處所謂之跳動裝置亦包含圖2之17a或17b中所記載之導輥,較佳的是於圖1及圖2中,於自導輥17a至延伸裝置23之間,通過上述根數以上之至少繞角為60°以上之路徑輥。另外,本說明書中所謂之繞角是表示將膜圍繞輥之圓弧區域與輥中心連結而成之中心角的大小,例如於膜通過完全配置為鋸齒狀之輥之情形時的繞角成為180度。In the production method of the present invention, in the transition portion from the stripping step to the stretching step, it is preferred that the film passes through three or more path rolls having a corner angle of at least 60°, more preferably It is passed through 5 or more path rollers, and it is particularly preferable to pass 7 to 51 path rollers. Further, in the manufacturing method of the present invention, as described above, it is preferable that the path roller having a wrap angle of 60 or more includes at least one pulsating device, and preferably one of the pulsating devices. In addition, the so-called beating device herein also includes the guide roller described in 17a or 17b of Fig. 2, preferably in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2, between the self-guide roller 17a and the extension device 23, through the above-mentioned root. More than a few path rolls having a corner angle of at least 60°. In addition, the wrap angle in the present specification means the size of the central angle formed by joining the circular arc area of the film around the roll to the center of the roll, for example, when the film passes through a roller which is completely arranged in a zigzag shape, the wrap angle becomes 180. degree.
乾燥可藉由如下方法而進行:對搬送中之腹板(膜)的兩個面吹規定溫度之風的方法或者使用微波等加熱機構等的方法。急速之乾燥存在損及所形成之膜的平面性之虞,因此較佳的是於乾燥之初始階段中,藉由溶劑並不發泡之程度的溫度進行乾燥,於乾燥進行後於高溫下進行乾燥。於自支撐體上剝離之後的乾燥步驟中,由於溶劑之蒸發而造成膜於長邊方向或寬度方向上收縮。越於高溫度下進行乾燥則收縮越變大。於使所製成之膜之平面性良好之方面考慮,較佳的是一面儘可能地抑制該收縮一面進行乾燥。自這一點考慮,例如較佳的是如日本專利特開昭62-46625號公報中所示那樣,一面於寬度方向上藉由夾具或銷(pin)對腹板之寬邊兩端進行寬度保持,一面進行乾燥之整個步驟或部分步驟的方法(拉幅方式)。上述乾燥步驟中之乾燥溫度較佳的是100℃~145℃。乾燥溫度、乾燥風量及乾燥時間因所使用之溶劑而不同,可根據使用溶劑之種類、組合而適宜選擇。Drying can be carried out by a method of blowing a wind of a predetermined temperature on both surfaces of a web (film) being conveyed, or a method of using a heating mechanism such as a microwave. Rapid drying may damage the planarity of the formed film. Therefore, it is preferred to carry out drying in a preliminary stage of drying by a temperature at which the solvent does not foam, and to perform drying at a high temperature after drying. dry. In the drying step after peeling off from the support, the film shrinks in the longitudinal direction or the width direction due to evaporation of the solvent. The more the drying is performed at a higher temperature, the larger the shrinkage. In order to improve the planarity of the produced film, it is preferred to carry out drying while suppressing the shrinkage as much as possible. From this point of view, for example, as shown in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 62-46625, the width of both sides of the wide side of the web is maintained by a jig or a pin in the width direction. The method of performing the entire step or partial steps of drying (triangulation). The drying temperature in the above drying step is preferably from 100 ° C to 145 ° C. The drying temperature, the drying air amount, and the drying time vary depending on the solvent to be used, and can be appropriately selected depending on the type and combination of the solvent to be used.
作為本發明之製造方法,自減低膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位的標準偏差之觀點考慮,較佳的是藉由拉幅機而進行與所述膜搬送方向正交之方向上的延伸,且滿足下述式(v)。As a manufacturing method of the present invention, from the viewpoint of reducing the standard deviation of the azimuth direction of the retardation axis in the longitudinal direction of the film, it is preferable to extend in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction by a tenter. And the following formula (v) is satisfied.
式(v) W×30≧L≧W×2Formula (v) W×30≧L≧W×2
(式中,L表示自所述剝下步驟至所述拉幅機之距離(單位為mm),W表示所剝下之膜的寬度(單位為mm)。)(wherein, L represents the distance from the stripping step to the tenter (in mm), and W represents the width (in mm) of the stripped film.)
本發明之製造方法更佳的是滿足W×28≧L≧W×2.5,特佳的是滿足W×25≧L≧W×3。More preferably, the manufacturing method of the present invention satisfies W × 28 ≧ L ≧ W × 2.5, and particularly preferably satisfies W × 25 ≧ L ≧ W × 3.
(延伸步驟)(extension step)
於本發明之膜之製造中,包括對自支撐體上所剝離之腹板(膜)進行延伸的步驟。(1)使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形與(2)使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形的較佳之範圍不同,因此於以下順次加以說明。In the manufacture of the film of the present invention, the step of extending the web (film) peeled off from the support is included. (1) The case where cellulose acetate is used as the cellulose deuterated is different from the case where (2) cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate is used as the cellulose halide, and therefore, the following will be sequentially described.
(1)使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形(1) The case of using cellulose acetate as the cellulose halide
本發明之製造方法於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,包括:將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸5%~100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足下述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸20%~150%延伸之步驟;其特徵在於:所述延伸步驟滿足下述式(iv)。In the case where cellulose acetate is used as the cellulose-deposited cellulose, the production method of the present invention comprises: stretching the peeled film in the film transport direction by 5% in a state in which the residual volatile component H2 of the following formula (ii) is satisfied. a step of -100%; a step of extending the peeled film in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction by 20% to 150% in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the following formula (i) is satisfied; : The extending step satisfies the following formula (iv).
式(ii) 10%≦H2≦60%Formula (ii) 10%≦H2≦60%
式(iii) 5%≦H3≦45%Formula (iii) 5% ≦ H3 ≦ 45%
式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+100%)/(TD延伸倍率+100%)≧0.70Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio +100%) / (TD stretching ratio +100%) ≧0.70
(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%)。)(In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction.)
於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,於膜搬送方向上之延伸的延伸倍率較佳的是5%~25%,更佳的是8%~22%。In the case where cellulose acetate is used as the cellulose deuterated cellulose, the stretching ratio in the film transport direction is preferably 5% to 25%, more preferably 8% to 22%.
另外,此處所謂「延伸倍率(%)」是表示由以下式而求出者。In addition, the "stretching magnification (%)" here means the one obtained by the following formula.
延伸倍率(%)=100×{(延伸後之長度)-(延伸前之長度)}/延伸前之長度Extension ratio (%) = 100 × {(length after extension) - (length before extension)} / length before extension
於膜搬送方向上延伸腹板之方法並無特別限定。例如可列舉:對多個輥施加圓周速度差,於其間利用輥圓周速度差而於縱方向上進行延伸的方法;將腹板之兩端以夾具或銷進行固定,使夾具或銷之間隔沿行進方向擴寬而於縱方向上進行延伸的方法;或縱橫同時擴寬而於縱橫兩個方向上進行延伸的方法等。當然,該些方法亦可組合使用。而且,於所謂之拉幅機法之情形時,若藉由線性驅動方式而驅動夾具部分,則可進行順利之延伸,可減少破斷等之危險性而較佳。所述於縱方向上之延伸較佳的是使用具有2個夾輥之裝置,使出口側之夾輥的旋轉速度快於入口側之夾輥的旋轉速度,於搬送方向(縱方向)上較佳地延伸醯化纖維素膜。藉由進行此種延伸,亦可調整延遲之表現性。The method of extending the web in the film transport direction is not particularly limited. For example, a method of applying a circumferential speed difference to a plurality of rolls and extending in the longitudinal direction by a difference in circumferential speed of the rolls may be used; fixing both ends of the webs by a jig or a pin to form a jig or pin interval A method in which the traveling direction is widened and extended in the longitudinal direction; or a method in which the vertical and horizontal directions are simultaneously widened and extended in both the vertical and horizontal directions. Of course, these methods can also be used in combination. Further, in the case of the so-called tenter method, if the clamp portion is driven by the linear driving method, smooth extension can be performed, and the risk of breakage or the like can be reduced, which is preferable. Preferably, the extension in the longitudinal direction is to use a device having two nip rolls so that the rotation speed of the nip roller on the outlet side is faster than the rotation speed of the nip roller on the inlet side, and is higher in the conveying direction (longitudinal direction). Preferably, the cellulose film is extended. By performing such an extension, the performance of the delay can also be adjusted.
而且,此時所述H2較佳的是20%~55%,更佳的是25%~50%。Further, at this time, H2 is preferably from 20% to 55%, more preferably from 25% to 50%.
若腹板中之殘留揮發成分過多,則無法獲得延伸之效果,而且若過少,則延伸明顯變困難,且存在產生腹板之破斷的情形。If the amount of residual volatile components in the web is too large, the effect of stretching cannot be obtained, and if it is too small, the elongation becomes difficult, and the occurrence of breakage of the web may occur.
本發明之製造方法較佳的是一面將拉力變動值控制為不足10 N/m之狀態,一面進行所述膜搬送方向上之延伸,更佳的是控制為不足8 N/m,特佳的是控制為0 N/m~6 N/m。In the production method of the present invention, it is preferable to control the film transport direction in a state in which the tensile force variation value is less than 10 N/m, and it is more preferable to control the film to be less than 8 N/m. It is controlled from 0 N/m to 6 N/m.
於使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,與膜搬送方向正交之方向上的延伸之延伸倍率較佳的是15%~60%,更佳的是20%~50%。In the case where cellulose acetate is used as the deuterated cellulose, the stretching ratio in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction is preferably 15% to 60%, more preferably 20% to 50%.
於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上延伸腹板的方法並無特別限定。例如可列舉:將腹板之兩端以夾具或銷進行固定,使夾具或銷之間隔於橫方向上擴寬而於橫方向上進行延伸之方法;或者縱橫同時擴寬而於縱橫兩個方向上進行延伸之方法等。當然,該些方法亦可組合使用。而且,於所謂之拉幅機法之情形時,若藉由線性驅動方式而驅動夾具部分,則可進行順利之延伸,可減少破斷等之危險性而較佳。於本發明中,作為於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上進行延伸的方法,較佳的是使用拉幅機裝置而進行延伸。The method of extending the web in the direction orthogonal to the film transport direction is not particularly limited. For example, a method in which both ends of the web are fixed by a jig or a pin, and the jig or the pin is widened in the lateral direction to extend in the lateral direction; or both the vertical and horizontal directions are widened in both directions. The method of extending the above. Of course, these methods can also be used in combination. Further, in the case of the so-called tenter method, if the clamp portion is driven by the linear driving method, smooth extension can be performed, and the risk of breakage or the like can be reduced, which is preferable. In the present invention, as a method of extending in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction, it is preferable to use a tenter device to perform stretching.
而且,此時較佳的是所述H3為8%~40%,更佳的是10%~35%。Further, at this time, it is preferable that the H3 is 8% to 40%, more preferably 10% to 35%.
若腹板中之殘留揮發成分過多則無法獲得延伸之效果,而且,若過少則延伸明顯變困難,存在產生腹板之破斷之情形。If the residual volatile component in the web is too large, the effect of stretching cannot be obtained, and if it is too small, the elongation becomes difficult, and the web is broken.
本發明之製造方法可藉由控制延伸倍率比以使MD延伸倍率與TD延伸倍率滿足下述式(iv),從而改善膜彈性模數。The manufacturing method of the present invention can improve the film elastic modulus by controlling the stretching ratio ratio so that the MD stretching ratio and the TD stretching ratio satisfy the following formula (iv).
式(iv) (MD延伸倍率+100%)/(TD延伸倍率+100%)≧0.70Formula (iv) (MD stretching ratio +100%) / (TD stretching ratio +100%) ≧0.70
(式中,MD延伸倍率表示於膜搬送方向上之延伸倍率(單位為%),TD延伸倍率表示於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上的延伸倍率(單位為%)。)(In the formula, the MD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the film conveying direction, and the TD stretching ratio indicates the stretching ratio (unit: %) in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction.)
而且,於膜寬度方向上進行延伸之情形時,存在於寬邊上折射率會產生分布之情形。此現象例如於使用拉幅機法之情形時可見,一般認為這是因在寬度方向上進行延伸導致膜中央部產生收縮力,而端部卻被固定所產生之現象,被稱為所謂之曲折(bowing)現象。於此情形時,藉由於流延方向上進行延伸,可抑制曲折現象,可進行改善以使寬邊之相位差分布較少。另外,可減少藉由於相互正交之雙軸方向進行延伸而所得之膜的膜厚變化。若醯化纖維素膜之膜厚變動過大,則相位差變得不均。醯化纖維素膜之膜厚變動較佳的是±3%的範圍,更佳的是n%的範圍。於如上所述之目的中,以滿足式(iv)之方式而於相互正交之雙軸方向上進行延伸之方法亦有效。Further, in the case of extending in the film width direction, there is a case where the refractive index is distributed on the wide side. This phenomenon can be seen, for example, when using the tenter method. It is generally considered that this is caused by the fact that the extension in the width direction causes the contraction force at the central portion of the film, and the end portion is fixed, which is called a so-called zigzag. (bowing) phenomenon. In this case, by extending in the casting direction, the meandering phenomenon can be suppressed, and the improvement can be made so that the phase difference distribution of the wide sides is small. Further, the film thickness variation of the film obtained by stretching in the biaxial directions orthogonal to each other can be reduced. If the film thickness of the deuterated cellulose film is excessively changed, the phase difference becomes uneven. The film thickness variation of the deuterated cellulose film is preferably in the range of ±3%, more preferably in the range of n%. For the purpose as described above, a method of extending in mutually orthogonal biaxial directions in a manner satisfying the formula (iv) is also effective.
於本發明之製造方法中,較佳的是延伸溫度為Te+30℃以下,其中,In the manufacturing method of the present invention, it is preferred that the extension temperature is Te+30 ° C or less, wherein
延伸溫度≦Te+30℃ (I)Extension temperature ≦Te+30°C (I)
Te=T[tanδ]-ΔTm (II)Te=T[tanδ]-ΔTm (II)
ΔTm=Tm(0)-Tm(x) (III)ΔTm=Tm(0)-Tm(x) (III)
(於式(II)中,T[tanδ]表示於測定殘留溶劑量為0%時之醯化纖維素的動態黏彈性tanδ時,tanδ顯示為峰值之溫度,Tm(0)表示殘留溶劑量為0%時的醯化纖維素之結晶熔融溫度,Tm(x)表示相對於該醯化纖維素之殘留溶劑量為x%時的醯化纖維素之結晶熔融溫度。)。(In the formula (II), T[tan δ] represents the dynamic viscoelasticity tan δ of the deuterated cellulose when the residual solvent amount is 0%, and tan δ shows the peak temperature, and Tm (0) indicates the residual solvent amount. The crystal melting temperature of the deuterated cellulose at 0%, and Tm(x) represents the crystal melting temperature of the deuterated cellulose when the residual solvent amount of the deuterated cellulose is x%.
以下,亦將於此種溫度範圍之延伸稱為低溫延伸。藉由對形成為膜狀之膜進行低溫延伸,可不增加本發明之膜之膜厚地提高Rth表現性,亦即可進一步提高Rth(550)/d,因此較佳。雖然不拘泥於任何理論,但於所述低溫延伸中,延伸中之聚合物或添加劑之配向較高溫延伸時難以變大,因此可並不使Rth降低地表現Re。所述延伸溫度更佳的是Te-30℃~Te℃。於膜搬送方向上進行延伸之情形時,於膜寬度方向上進行延伸之情形時,較佳之範圍亦相同。Hereinafter, the extension of such a temperature range is also referred to as low temperature extension. By lowering the film formed into a film shape at a low temperature, Rth performance can be improved without increasing the film thickness of the film of the present invention, and Rth (550)/d can be further improved, which is preferable. Although not limited to any theory, in the low-temperature extension, the alignment of the polymer or the additive in the extension is difficult to become large at a relatively high temperature extension, so that Re may be expressed without lowering Rth. More preferably, the extension temperature is Te-30 ° C to Te ° C. When extending in the film transport direction, when extending in the film width direction, the preferred range is also the same.
(2)使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形(2) The case of using cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate as the cellulose
本發明之製造方法於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素之情形時,包括:將所剝下之膜於滿足所述式(ii)之殘留揮發成分H2之狀態下沿膜搬送方向延伸20%~100%之步驟;將所剝下之膜於滿足所述式(i)之殘留揮發成分H3之狀態下沿與膜搬送方向正交之方向延伸20%~150%之步驟;其特徵在於:所述延伸步驟滿足所述式(iv)。In the case where the cellulose acetate butyrate or the cellulose propionate is used in the production method of the present invention, the film is stretched in the film transport direction in a state where the peeled film satisfies the residual volatile component H2 of the formula (ii). a step of % to 100%; a step of extending the peeled film in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction by 20% to 150% in a state in which the residual volatile component H3 of the formula (i) is satisfied; : the extending step satisfies the formula (iv).
於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,於膜搬送方向上之延伸的延伸倍率較佳的是20%~60%,更佳的是25%~45%。When cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate is used as the cellulose deuterated cellulose, the stretching ratio in the film transport direction is preferably from 20% to 60%, more preferably from 25% to 45%.
於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,於與膜搬送方向正交之方向上的延伸之延伸倍率較佳的是38%~80%,更佳的是40%~60%。When cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate is used as the cellulose deuterated cellulose, the stretching ratio in the direction orthogonal to the film transporting direction is preferably 38% to 80%, more preferably 40%. %~60%.
另外,於使用丁酸纖維素或丙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形時,其他延伸條件之較佳範圍與使用乙酸纖維素作為醯化纖維素之情形相同。Further, in the case of using cellulose butyrate or cellulose propionate as the cellulose halide, the preferable range of other extension conditions is the same as the case of using cellulose acetate as the cellulose halide.
(熱處理步驟)(heat treatment step)
本發明之膜之製造方法亦可於乾燥步驟結束後設置如上所述之熱處理步驟。該熱處理步驟中之熱處理於乾燥步驟結束後進行即可,可於延伸/乾燥步驟後立即進行,或者亦可於乾燥步驟結束後藉由後述之方法而暫時捲取之後,另外僅設置熱處理步驟。The method for producing a film of the present invention may also be provided with a heat treatment step as described above after the drying step. The heat treatment in the heat treatment step may be carried out after the completion of the drying step, or may be carried out immediately after the stretching/drying step, or may be additionally carried out after the drying step is temporarily taken up by the method described later.
熱處理可藉由如下方法而進行:對搬送中之膜吹規定溫度之風的方法或者使用微波等加熱手段等的方法。The heat treatment can be carried out by a method of blowing a wind of a predetermined temperature to the film being conveyed or a method of using a heating means such as a microwave.
熱處理較佳的是於150℃~200℃之溫度下進行,更佳的是於160℃~180℃之溫度下進行。而且,熱處理較佳的是進行1分鐘~20分鐘,更佳的是進行5分鐘~10分鐘。The heat treatment is preferably carried out at a temperature of from 150 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably from 160 ° C to 180 ° C. Further, the heat treatment is preferably carried out for 1 minute to 20 minutes, more preferably for 5 minutes to 10 minutes.
(捲取)(rolling)
對所得之膜進行捲取之捲取機可使用通常所使用之捲取機,可藉由定拉力法、定扭矩法、錐度張力(taper tension)法、內部應力固定之程式張力控制法等捲取方法而進行捲取。如上所述而所得之醯化纖維素膜輥較佳的是膜之遲相軸方向相對於捲取方向(膜之長邊方向)而言為±2度之範圍,更佳的是±1度之範圍。或者,較佳的是相對於捲取方向而言,相對於直角方向(膜之寬度方向)而言為±2度之範圍,更佳的是±1度之範圍。特佳的是膜之遲相軸方向相對於捲取方向(膜之長邊方向)而言為±0.1度以內。或者,特佳的是相對於膜之寬邊方向而言為±0.1度以內。The coiler for winding the obtained film can use a coiler which is generally used, and can be wound by a constant tension method, a constant torque method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method in which internal stress is fixed, and the like. Take the method and take the roll. The deuterated cellulose film roll obtained as described above preferably has a retardation axis direction of the film of ±2 degrees with respect to the winding direction (longitudinal direction of the film), more preferably ±1 degree. The scope. Alternatively, it is preferably in the range of ±2 degrees with respect to the direction of the right angle (the width direction of the film) with respect to the winding direction, and more preferably in the range of ±1 degree. It is particularly preferable that the retardation axis direction of the film is within ±0.1 degrees with respect to the winding direction (longitudinal direction of the film). Alternatively, it is particularly preferable that it is within ±0.1 degrees with respect to the broad side direction of the film.
(殘留揮發成分)(residual volatile components)
作為藉由以上之本發明之膜的製造方法而所得之醯化纖維素膜,於獲得尺寸穩定性良好之膜之方面而言,較佳的是最終精加工膜之殘留揮發成分為1 wt%以下,更佳的是0.2 wt%以下。As the deuterated cellulose film obtained by the above-described method for producing a film of the present invention, in terms of obtaining a film having good dimensional stability, it is preferred that the residual volatile component of the final finished film is 1 wt%. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.2 wt% or less.
另外,於本發明之製造方法中亦可包括一面線內檢測膜長手方法之遲相軸方位,一面製造膜的步驟。此情形時之較佳態樣與作為線內求出本發明之膜之膜長手方法之遲相軸方位的標準偏差而所述之態樣相同。Further, in the production method of the present invention, the step of producing a film while forming the retardation axis orientation of the long-hand method of the film in one line may be included. The preferred aspect in this case is the same as the standard deviation of the azimuthal axis orientation of the film long hand method for determining the film of the present invention in the line.
<偏光板><Polarizing plate>
本發明之偏光板之特徵在於包含偏光元件與本發明之醯化纖維素膜。The polarizing plate of the present invention is characterized by comprising a polarizing element and a deuterated cellulose film of the present invention.
本發明之膜由於膜光學特性良好,膜彈性模數亦良好,因此可較佳地用於偏光板用保護膜中。而且,本發明之膜由於面狀良好,於偏光板正交偏光下觀察膜面狀時之不均較少,因此適用於偏光板用保護膜。偏光板可藉由於偏光元件之至少一面貼合積層保護膜而形成。偏光元件可使用先前公知之偏光元件,例如將如聚乙烯醇膜這樣的親水性聚合物膜,用如碘這樣的二色性染料進行處理並加以延伸而成者。醯化纖維素膜與偏光元件之貼合並無特別限定,可藉由包含水溶性聚合物水溶液的黏著劑而進行。該水溶性聚合物黏著劑可較佳地使用完全鹼化型之聚乙烯醇水溶液。Since the film of the present invention has good optical properties and good film elastic modulus, it can be preferably used in a protective film for a polarizing plate. Further, since the film of the present invention has a good surface shape and is less uneven when the film surface is observed under the polarized light of the polarizing plate, it is suitable for a protective film for a polarizing plate. The polarizing plate can be formed by laminating a laminated protective film on at least one surface of the polarizing element. As the polarizing element, a previously known polarizing element can be used, for example, a hydrophilic polymer film such as a polyvinyl alcohol film is treated with a dichroic dye such as iodine and extended. The bonding of the deuterated cellulose film and the polarizing element is not particularly limited, and it can be carried out by an adhesive containing a water-soluble polymer aqueous solution. As the water-soluble polymer adhesive, a fully alkalized aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution can be preferably used.
而且,使用本發明之膜的偏光板可提供於遲相軸分布上不均較少、且顯示性能良好之液晶顯示裝置。另外,於本發明之膜是寬幅的較佳態樣之情形時,於使用本發明之膜與偏光元件貼合而製造偏光板時,可於膜寬度方向進行所謂之偏光板之2等分、3等分,可減低偏光板之製造成本。而且,於膜寬度方向之σ600、σ-600亦良好之態樣之情形時,亦可改善進一步進行2等分、3等分之偏光板的性能。Further, the polarizing plate using the film of the present invention can provide a liquid crystal display device having less unevenness in the distribution of the slow phase axis and good display performance. Further, when the film of the present invention is in a wide-width preferred embodiment, when a polarizing plate is produced by bonding the film of the present invention to a polarizing element, the so-called polarizing plate can be equally divided in the film width direction. And 3 equal parts can reduce the manufacturing cost of the polarizing plate. Further, in the case where the σ600 and σ-600 in the film width direction are also good, the performance of the polarizing plate which is further divided into two equal parts and three equal parts can be improved.
<液晶顯示裝置><Liquid crystal display device>
本發明之液晶顯示裝置之特徵在於包含醯化纖維素膜或本發明之偏光板。The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is characterized by comprising a cellulose oxide film or a polarizing plate of the present invention.
本發明之膜可以如下之構成而較佳地使用:偏光板用保護膜/偏光元件/偏光板用保護膜/液晶單元/本發明之膜/偏光元件/偏光板用保護膜之構成、或偏光板用保護膜/偏光元件/本發明之膜/液晶單元/本發明之偏光板用保護膜/偏光元件/偏光板用保護膜之構成。特別是藉由貼合於TN型、VA型、OCB型等液晶單元上而使用,可提供視角優異、著色少之視認性優異、且面內均一性亦優異之液晶顯示裝置。而且,使用本發明之膜的偏光板於高溫高濕條件下之劣化少,可維持長時間穩定之性能,亦即本發明之液晶顯示裝置之耐久性亦良好。The film of the present invention can be preferably used as follows: a protective film for a polarizing plate / a polarizing element / a protective film for a polarizing plate / a liquid crystal cell / a film of the present invention / a polarizing element / a protective film for a polarizing plate, or a polarizing film Protective film/polarizing element for sheet/film/liquid crystal cell of the present invention/protective film for polarizing plate/polarizing element/protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention. In particular, it can be used by being bonded to a liquid crystal cell such as a TN type, a VA type, or an OCB type, and it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device which is excellent in viewing angle, excellent in visibility, and excellent in in-plane uniformity. Further, the polarizing plate using the film of the present invention has less deterioration under high temperature and high humidity conditions, and can maintain stable performance for a long period of time, that is, the durability of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is also good.
[實例][Example]
以下,列舉實例而對本發明加以更具體之說明。以下實例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等,只要不脫離本發明之主旨,則可進行適宜變更。因此,本發明之範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the contents of the treatment, the order of treatment, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
[實例1:醯化纖維素膜之製膜][Example 1: Film formation of bismuth cellulose film]
(2)摻雜物調製(2) dopant modulation
<1-1>醯化纖維素溶液<1-1> Deuterated cellulose solution
將下述組成物投入至混合槽中,進行攪拌而使各成分溶解,進一步於90℃下加熱約10分鐘後,藉由平均孔徑為34 μm之濾紙及平均孔徑為10 μm之燒結金屬過濾器進行過濾。The following composition was placed in a mixing tank, stirred to dissolve each component, and further heated at 90 ° C for about 10 minutes, and then passed through a filter paper having an average pore diameter of 34 μm and a sintered metal filter having an average pore diameter of 10 μm. Filter.
<1-2>消光劑分散液<1-2> matting agent dispersion
其次,將包含藉由上述方法而製成之醯化纖維素溶液的下述組成物投入至分散機中,調製消光劑分散液。Next, the following composition containing the deuterated cellulose solution prepared by the above method was placed in a disperser to prepare a matting agent dispersion.
<1-3>添加劑溶液<1-3> additive solution
將藉由上述方法而製成之醯化纖維素溶液投入至混合槽中,一面進行加熱一面加以攪拌而使其溶解,添加下述表6中所記載之各添加劑,調製添加劑溶液。而且,以下對各添加劑加以說明。添加劑A~添加劑C是下述表5中所示之組成。另外,於表5中,EG表示乙二醇,PG表示丙二醇,BG表示丁二醇,TPA表示對苯二甲酸,PA表示鄰苯二甲酸,AA表示己二酸,SA表示琥珀酸。The deuterated cellulose solution prepared by the above method was placed in a mixing tank, stirred while being heated, and dissolved, and each additive described in the following Table 6 was added to prepare an additive solution. Further, each additive will be described below. Additives A to C are the compositions shown in Table 5 below. Further, in Table 5, EG represents ethylene glycol, PG represents propylene glycol, BG represents butanediol, TPA represents terephthalic acid, PA represents phthalic acid, AA represents adipic acid, and SA represents succinic acid.
化合物D表示下述結構的延遲表現劑。Compound D represents a delayed expression agent of the following structure.
化合物DCompound D
化合物E表示作為剝離促進劑之理研維他命股份有限公司製造之POEM K-37V。Compound E represents POEM K-37V manufactured by Riken Vitamin Co., Ltd. as a release promoter.
化合物U表示下述結構的延遲表現劑。Compound U represents a delayed expression agent of the following structure.
化合物UCompound U
化合物T表示TPP/BDP(1/1、重量比)。Compound T represents TPP/BDP (1/1, weight ratio).
而且,於使用CAP之實例6中,使用下述結構的化合物X作為添加劑。Further, in Example 6 using CAP, Compound X of the following structure was used as an additive.
化合物XCompound X
將上述醯化纖維素溶液100重量份、消光劑分散液1.35重量份及所述添加劑溶液加以混合,調製製膜用摻雜物。100 parts by weight of the above-described deuterated cellulose solution, 1.35 parts by weight of the matting agent dispersion, and the additive solution were mixed to prepare a dopant for film formation.
另外,作為摻雜物之原料而使用的醯化纖維素及各種添加劑使用預先用奈良機械製作所股份有限公司製造之儲倉(silo)於120℃下進行2小時乾燥者。In addition, the deuterated cellulose and various additives used as a raw material of the dopant were dried by using a silo manufactured by Nara Machinery Co., Ltd. at 120 ° C for 2 hours.
此處,於下述表6中,字母表示各添加劑之種類,數值表示添加量。而且,所述添加劑溶液之添加比例是將醯化纖維素量設為100重量份時的各添加劑之添加量(重量份)成為下述表6中所記載之值的比例。Here, in the following Table 6, the letters indicate the types of the respective additives, and the numerical values indicate the added amounts. In addition, the addition ratio of the additive solution is a ratio of the addition amount (parts by weight) of each additive when the amount of deuterated cellulose is 100 parts by weight to the values described in Table 6 below.
(流延)(casting)
僅僅於實例5、實例6、實例7、比較例7及比較例8中藉由作為圖1及圖2中所記載之具有跳動機構之設備的金屬製帶式流延機20而流延上述摻雜物。其他藉由除了不具跳動裝置功能以外均相同之製膜機而進行流延。自帶之背面及表面這兩個面吹拂供氣溫度為80℃~130℃(排氣溫度為75℃~120℃)之乾燥風而使其乾燥後,於殘留揮發成分為下述表6中所記載之H1(wt%)時,藉由剝下滾筒21將膜自帶上剝下。Only in Example 5, Example 6, Example 7, Comparative Example 7, and Comparative Example 8, the above-described blending was carried out by the metal tape casting machine 20 as the apparatus having the pulsating mechanism described in Figs. 1 and 2. Sundries. Others are cast by a film forming machine that is identical except for the function of the jumper. The surface of the back and the surface of the self-belt is blown with a dry air having a gas supply temperature of 80 ° C to 130 ° C (exhaust gas temperature of 75 ° C to 120 ° C) and dried, and the residual volatile components are as shown in Table 6 below. In the case of H1 (wt%) described, the film is peeled off from the tape by peeling off the roll 21.
於藉由延伸裝置23而進行縱延伸及橫延伸之前,使膜通過包含跳動輥11之跳動機構10。一面進行控制以使圖2之溫度感測器14中之跳動裝置部分之溫度成為50℃,且使張力感測器15中對膜之張力成為200 N/m,一面進行製膜;一面以成為表6中所示之拉力變動之方式藉由跳動機構10之荷重控制裝置13及角度檢測器12而控制荷重,一面進行驅動。使其通過導輥17b之後,使其通過15根繞角為60度以上之路徑輥18,將膜導入至延伸裝置23。此時,自所述剝下步驟至所述拉幅機之距離L為15000 mm,所剝下之膜的寬度W為1900 mm,且滿足W×30≧L≧W×2。The film is passed through a bounce mechanism 10 including a dancer roller 11 before longitudinal extension and lateral extension by the extension device 23. While controlling the temperature of the beating device portion in the temperature sensor 14 of Fig. 2 to 50 ° C, and making the tension of the film in the tension sensor 15 200 N/m, film formation is performed; The manner of the tension variation shown in Table 6 is driven while the load is controlled by the load control device 13 and the angle detector 12 of the pulsating mechanism 10. After passing through the guide roller 17b, the film is passed through 15 path rollers 18 having a wrap angle of 60 degrees or more, and the film is introduced into the stretching device 23. At this time, the distance L from the stripping step to the tenter was 15000 mm, the width W of the peeled film was 1900 mm, and W × 30 ≧ L ≧ W × 2 was satisfied.
(延伸)(extend)
其後,於下述表6中所記載之殘留溶劑濃度為H2時,藉由下述表6中所記載之MD延伸倍率,於130℃下,於膜搬送方向上藉由固定端單軸延伸於拉幅機區域進行延伸。此時,藉由張力傳感器測定MD延伸時之拉力之變動,將其記載於下述表6中。Then, when the residual solvent concentration described in the following Table 6 is H2, the MD stretching ratio described in the following Table 6 is uniaxially extended by the fixed end in the film transport direction at 130 °C. Extend in the tenter area. At this time, the change in the tensile force at the time of MD extension was measured by a tension sensor, and it is described in the following Table 6.
其次,於殘留溶劑濃度為H3時,藉由下述表6中所記載之TD延伸倍率,於160℃下,於膜寬度方向上藉由固定端單軸延伸而於拉幅機區域進行延伸,製造醯化纖維素膜。而且,求出MD/TD延伸倍率比,記載於下述表6中。此時,調整流延膜厚以使延伸及乾燥後之膜厚變為下述表7中所記載之膜厚。Next, when the residual solvent concentration is H3, the TD stretching ratio described in the following Table 6 is extended at a tenter region by a uniaxial stretching at a fixed end in the film width direction at 160 ° C. A bismuth cellulose film is produced. Further, the MD/TD stretching ratio ratio was determined and described in Table 6 below. At this time, the thickness of the cast film was adjusted so that the film thickness after stretching and drying became the film thickness described in Table 7 below.
製作下述表6中所示之組成的膜,為了判斷其製造適應性,藉由上述條件製作最低24捲之捲寬1980 m、捲長2000 m之捲。關於連續製造之24捲中之1捲,以100 m之間隔切出長邊1 m之樣本(寬度1980 mm)。將其作為實例1之醯化纖維素膜。Films having the compositions shown in the following Table 6 were produced, and in order to judge the manufacturing suitability, a roll of a minimum of 24 rolls having a roll width of 1980 m and a roll length of 2000 m was produced by the above conditions. For one of the 24 rolls manufactured continuously, a sample of 1 m long side (width 1980 mm) was cut at intervals of 100 m. This was taken as the deuterated cellulose film of Example 1.
[實例2~實例10及比較例1~比較例13][Example 2 to Example 10 and Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 13]
如下述表6所記載那樣變更所使用之醯化纖維素樹脂、添加劑、膜製造條件,除此以外與實例1同樣地進行而獲得各實例及比較例之醯化纖維素膜。另外,於實例10中,自支撐體側以外層用摻雜物/芯層用摻雜物/外層用摻雜物之順序進行3層共流延。The cellulose-deposited cellulose film of each of the examples and the comparative examples was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the conditions for the production of the deuterated cellulose resin, the additive, and the film were changed as described in the following Table 6. Further, in Example 10, three layers of co-casting were carried out in the order of the dopant/core layer dopant/outer layer dopant for the self-supporting body side outer layer.
<測定方法><Measurement method>
(膜之光學特性)(optical properties of the film)
藉由前述之方法,使用自動雙折射計KOBRA-WR(王子計測器股份有限公司製造)而於波長550 nm下進行3維雙折射測定,求出面內之延遲Re,膜厚方向之延遲Rth可藉由改變傾斜角測定Re而求出。The three-dimensional birefringence measurement was performed at a wavelength of 550 nm using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-WR (manufactured by Oji Scientific Co., Ltd.) by the method described above, and the in-plane retardation Re was obtained, and the retardation in the film thickness direction was Rth. It can be obtained by measuring the inclination angle Re.
而且,將測定波長變更為450 nm與630 nm,測定Re(450)與Re(630)之值,計算波長分散ΔRe=Re(630)-Re(450)。Further, the measurement wavelength was changed to 450 nm and 630 nm, and the values of Re (450) and Re (630) were measured, and the wavelength dispersion ΔRe = Re (630) - Re (450) was calculated.
另外,所得之Rth(單位為nm)之值除以各膜之膜厚d(單位為nm),求出膜之每單位膜厚之Rth、Rth/d。Further, the value of the obtained Rth (unit: nm) was divided by the film thickness d (unit: nm) of each film, and Rth and Rth/d per unit thickness of the film were determined.
將該些結果記載於下述表7中。These results are described in Table 7 below.
(膜長邊方向端部之遲相軸不均之標準偏差(σ600、σ-600))(Standard deviation of the retardation of the retardation axis at the end of the long side of the film (σ600, σ-600))
藉由以下之方法而測定膜長邊方向端部之遲相軸不均之標準偏差σ600、σ-600。The standard deviations σ600 and σ-600 of the retardation of the retardation axes at the ends in the longitudinal direction of the film were measured by the following methods.
一面於0.5 mm以內平行地送出之路徑輥之間將膜之鉛垂上下方向之不均控制為2 mm以下,一面以20 m/min搬送樣品膜。於自膜寬度方向之中央線起向其中一方及另一方之膜端部方向上離開600 mm之線上,每隔33 mm(以0.1秒之間隔進行測定)地於膜搬送方向(長邊方向)上持續測定2000 m共計60000點之各個遲相軸方位。求出該些之平均值,藉由計算而求出遲相軸不均之標準偏差σ600及σ-600。The sample film was conveyed at 20 m/min while controlling the unevenness of the vertical direction of the film between the path rollers which were fed in parallel within 0.5 mm to 2 mm or less. In the film transport direction (longitudinal direction) every 33 mm (measured at intervals of 0.1 second) from the center line in the film width direction to a line away from 600 mm in the direction of one of the film ends The position of each of the slow phase axes of 2000 m totaling 2000 m is continuously measured. The average values of these are obtained, and the standard deviations σ600 and σ-600 of the retardation of the slow phase axes are obtained by calculation.
另外,關於膜長邊方向之遲相軸方位的標準偏差σ600及σ-600的其他測定條件,以如下方式進行設定,藉由以下之方法進行檢測及計算。Further, the standard deviations σ600 of the retardation axis directions in the longitudinal direction of the film and other measurement conditions of σ-600 are set as follows, and detection and calculation are performed by the following methods.
裝置:高速延遲測定裝置Re100大塚電子股份有限公司製造Device: High-speed delay measuring device Re100 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
測定長度:2000 mMeasuring length: 2000 m
測定間距:於以20 m/min進行搬送時,每隔0.1 s地連續測定Measurement pitch: continuously measured every 0.1 s when transported at 20 m/min
對於大致60000點之資料,藉由For approximately 60000 points of data, by
而算出(此處,xi 是各遲相軸角度不均,n為60000)。藉由下式And calculate (here, x i is the angle of the slow phase axis, n is 60000). By the following
而計算分散σ。The dispersion σ is calculated.
藉由以下基準而評價所得之結果。The results obtained were evaluated by the following criteria.
◎:σ600或σ-600為0.08以下。◎: σ600 or σ-600 is 0.08 or less.
○:σ600或σ-600為0.10以下。○: σ600 or σ-600 is 0.10 or less.
△:σ600或σ-600為0.13以下。Δ: σ600 or σ-600 is 0.13 or less.
▲:σ600或σ-600為0.15以下。▲: σ600 or σ-600 is 0.15 or less.
×:σ600或σ-600大於0.15。×: σ600 or σ-600 is more than 0.15.
將所得之結果示於下述表7。The results obtained are shown in Table 7 below.
(膜之彈性模數)(the elastic modulus of the film)
將試樣10 mm×150 mm(TD×MD)於25℃、相對濕度為65%下進行2小時之濕度控制,使用TOYO BALDWIN CO.,LTD.製造之萬能拉力試驗機STM T50BP,於23℃、相對濕度為60%之環境中,藉由測定初始試樣長度為50 mm、於10%/min下之MD方向之延伸處理而測定應力應變曲線,求出MD方向之膜之彈性模數E'(MD)(單位為MPa)。同樣地,使用試樣150 mm×10 mm(TD×MD)而以相同之條件對TD方向進行延伸處理,求出TD方向之膜之彈性模數E'(TD)(單位為MPa)。而且,根據所得之於各方向之彈性模數而計算E'(TD)/E'(MD)。The sample 10 mm × 150 mm (TD × MD) was subjected to humidity control at 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 65% for 2 hours, and the universal tensile tester STM T50BP manufactured by TOYO BALDWIN CO., LTD. was used at 23 ° C. In an environment with a relative humidity of 60%, the stress-strain curve was measured by measuring the elongation of the initial sample length of 50 mm at 10%/min in the MD direction, and the elastic modulus E of the film in the MD direction was determined. '(MD) (in MPa). Similarly, the sample was stretched in the TD direction under the same conditions using a sample of 150 mm × 10 mm (TD × MD), and the elastic modulus E' (TD) (unit: MPa) of the film in the TD direction was obtained. Further, E'(TD)/E'(MD) is calculated from the obtained elastic modulus in each direction.
另外,於19個試樣中,於寬邊每隔100 mm地測定E'(TD)。求出該些之平均值,藉由以下之方法求出膜寬度方向之彈性模數E'(TD)之標準偏差σ(單位:GPa)。對於所得之19個資料,藉由Further, E' (TD) was measured every 100 mm on the wide side among the 19 samples. The average value of these is determined, and the standard deviation σ (unit: GPa) of the elastic modulus E' (TD) in the film width direction is obtained by the following method. For the 19 materials obtained, by
而算出(此處,xi 為各E'(TD)之不均,n為19)。藉由下式And calculate (here, x i is the unevenness of each E' (TD), and n is 19). By the following
計算分散σ。Calculate the dispersion σ.
將所得之結果示於下述表7。The results obtained are shown in Table 7 below.
(面板性能)(panel performance)
[偏光板之製造][Manufacture of polarizing plate]
使碘吸附於延伸之聚乙烯醇膜上而製作偏光元件。A polarizing element was produced by adsorbing iodine on the stretched polyvinyl alcohol film.
使用聚乙烯醇系黏著劑,將進行了鹼化處理之實例1之醯化纖維素膜貼附於偏光元件之單側。對市售之三乙酸纖維素膜(Fujitac TD80UF、富士軟片股份有限公司製造)進行同樣之鹼化處理,使用聚乙烯醇系黏著劑,於所製成之實例101之貼附有偏光板保護膜之側的相反側之偏光元件之面上貼附鹼化處理後之三乙酸纖維素膜。The cellulose-deposited film of Example 1 subjected to the alkalization treatment was attached to one side of the polarizing element using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. The commercially available cellulose triacetate film (Fujitac TD80UF, manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) was subjected to the same alkalization treatment, and a polarizing plate protective film was attached to the prepared example 101 using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. The alkalized cellulose triacetate film is attached to the surface of the polarizing element on the opposite side of the side.
此時,以偏光元件之透射軸與所製成之實例1之偏光板保護膜之遲相軸變平行之方式進行配置。而且,以偏光元件之透射軸與市售之三乙酸纖維素膜之遲相軸正交之方式進行配置。At this time, the transmission axis of the polarizing element was arranged in parallel with the retardation axis of the polarizing plate protective film of Example 1 produced. Further, the transmission axis of the polarizing element is disposed so as to be orthogonal to the late phase axis of the commercially available cellulose triacetate film.
如此進行而製作實例1之偏光板。The polarizing plate of Example 1 was produced in this manner.
[液晶顯示裝置之製造][Manufacture of liquid crystal display device]
對所得之偏光板實施下述之於面板上之貼合。The obtained polarizing plate was subjected to the following bonding on the panel.
評價是對自夏普(Sharp)股份有限公司的LC-42DS6液晶顯示器除掉前側及後側之偏光板而成者(以下亦稱為面板),使用上述偏光板,於各實例及比較例中製造液晶顯示裝置。另外,面板之尺寸為1025 mm×673 mm。The evaluation is based on the removal of the polarizing plates on the front side and the rear side of the LC-42DS6 liquid crystal display from Sharp Corporation, which is also referred to as a panel, and is manufactured in each of the examples and comparative examples using the above polarizing plate. Liquid crystal display device. In addition, the size of the panel is 1025 mm × 673 mm.
(1)視角色調(斜方向之對比度)(1) viewing angle hue (contrast in oblique direction)
使用測定器(BM5A,TOPCON公司製造),於暗室中,測定自裝置正面之極角方向60度、及方位角方向0度、45度、90度之3個方向的黑顯示及白顯示之亮度值,算出視角對比度(最白亮度/最黑亮度),藉此而評價液晶顯示裝置之視角特性。Using a measuring device (BM5A, manufactured by TOPCON Co., Ltd.), in the dark room, the brightness of the black display and the white display in three directions from the polar angle of the front surface of the device of 60 degrees and the azimuthal directions of 0 degrees, 45 degrees, and 90 degrees were measured. The value was calculated, and the viewing angle contrast (the whitest brightness/blackest brightness) was calculated, thereby evaluating the viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device.
○:視角對比度均為60以上,無法識別漏光。○: The viewing angle contrast is 60 or more, and light leakage cannot be recognized.
△:視角對比度之最小值為不足60且為30以上,稍稍地識別到漏光,但為可容許之程度。Δ: The minimum value of the viewing angle contrast is less than 60 and 30 or more, and light leakage is slightly recognized, but it is tolerable.
×:視角對比度之最小值不足30,識別到較大之漏光且無法容許。×: The minimum value of the viewing angle contrast is less than 30, and a large light leakage is recognized and cannot be tolerated.
下述表中的表示視角對比度之評價結果之欄是基於上述標準對上述3個方向進行評價,表示其平均結果。The column showing the evaluation result of the viewing angle contrast in the following table is based on the above criteria to evaluate the above three directions, and the average result is shown.
將所得之結果示於下述表7中。The results obtained are shown in Table 7 below.
(2)耐久性評價(2) Durability evaluation
將各液晶顯示裝置於50℃、相對濕度為95%之熱狀態下放置500小時,取出後使其點亮。其後,使用測定器(BM5A,TOPCON公司製造),於暗室中測定自裝置正面之極角方向60度、及方位角方向45度之視角對比度。對連續點亮前後之視角對比度進行比較,藉由以下之基準評價耐久性。Each liquid crystal display device was allowed to stand in a hot state of 50 ° C and a relative humidity of 95% for 500 hours, and was taken out and then turned on. Then, using a measuring instrument (BM5A, manufactured by TOPCON Co., Ltd.), the viewing angle contrast from the polar angle direction of the front surface of the apparatus of 60 degrees and the azimuth direction of 45 degrees was measured in a dark room. The viewing angle contrast before and after continuous lighting was compared, and the durability was evaluated by the following criteria.
◎:視角對比度之差不足5。◎: The difference in viewing angle contrast is less than 5.
○:視角對比度之差為5以上且不足10(連續點亮後稍許漏光,為可容許之程度)。○: The difference in viewing angle contrast is 5 or more and less than 10 (a slight light leakage after continuous lighting, which is an allowable degree).
×:視角對比度之差為10以上(於連續點亮後可識別較大之漏光,無法容許)。×: The difference in viewing angle contrast is 10 or more (a large light leakage can be recognized after continuous lighting, and cannot be tolerated).
將所得之結果示於下述表7中。The results obtained are shown in Table 7 below.
(3)面板面內均一性(3) In-plane uniformity of the panel
於該各實例及比較例中,對於液晶顯示裝置之面板,進行白顯示,使用TOPCON公司製造之BM-5亮度計,於面內每10 mm地測定亮度。其次,進行黑顯示,使用TOPCON公司製造之BM-5亮度計,於面內每10 mm地測定亮度。In each of the examples and the comparative examples, the panel of the liquid crystal display device was white-displayed, and the brightness was measured every 10 mm in the plane using a BM-5 luminance meter manufactured by TOPCON. Next, black display was performed, and the brightness was measured every 10 mm in the plane using a BM-5 luminance meter manufactured by TOPCON Corporation.
將上述白顯示時之亮度設為T白,將黑顯示時之亮度設為T黑,將T白/T黑定義為對比度。藉由以下基準評價所得之面板之均質性。The brightness at the time of the white display is set to T white, the brightness at the time of black display is T black, and the T white/T black is defined as contrast. The resulting panel was evaluated for homogeneity by the following criteria.
◎:面板面內之對比度之不均為3%以內。◎: The contrast in the panel surface is not within 3%.
○:面板面內之對比度之不均為5%以內。○: The contrast in the panel surface is not within 5%.
△:面板面內之對比度之不均為10%以內。△: The contrast in the panel surface is not within 10%.
▲:面板面內之對比度之不均為15%以內。▲: The contrast ratio in the panel surface is less than 15%.
×:面板面內之對比度之不均為20%以內。×: The contrast ratio in the panel surface is not within 20%.
將以上評價而所得之結果示於下述表7中。The results obtained by the above evaluation are shown in Table 7 below.
根據表7可知:本發明之醯化纖維素膜均為ΔRe>0 nm之逆波長分散,每單位膜厚之膜厚方向的延遲之表現性優異,膜之長邊方向的彈性模數大,寬邊方向之彈性模數之不均小,內裝於偏光板上而與面板組合時的面內均一性變良好。According to Table 7, it is understood that the cellulose-deposited cellulose film of the present invention has a reverse wavelength dispersion of ΔRe > 0 nm, and is excellent in the retardation in the film thickness direction per unit film thickness, and has a large elastic modulus in the longitudinal direction of the film. The unevenness of the elastic modulus in the wide-side direction is small, and the in-plane uniformity when incorporated in the polarizing plate and combined with the panel becomes good.
而且,使用本發明之膜的液晶顯示裝置的視角色調及耐久性均良好。Further, the liquid crystal display device using the film of the present invention has good viewing angle hue and durability.
另一方面,比較例1及比較例10是未進行TD延伸之態樣,可知所得之膜的彈性模數差,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。比較例2及比較例3是追加試驗與日本專利特開2006-030962號公報之實例類似的構成的態樣。比較例2是使用醯化丁酸纖維素而添加5 wt%作為延遲表現劑之添加劑U,MD延伸倍率與TD延伸倍率超出本發明之製造方法中所規定之範圍的態樣,可知並不成為逆波長分散,彈性模數亦差,於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於視角色調與面板面內均一性方面存在問題。比較例3是於比較例2中未進行添加劑U之添加而將TD延伸倍率提高至本發明之範圍,但MD延伸倍率卻超出本發明之製造方法中所規定之範圍的態樣,可知每單位膜厚之膜厚方向之延遲的表現性差,彈性模數亦差,於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 10, in the case where TD stretching was not performed, it was found that the obtained film had a difference in elastic modulus and had a problem in the in-plane uniformity of the panel. Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3 are aspects in which the additional test is similar to the example of JP-A-2006-030962. Comparative Example 2 is an additive U obtained by adding deuterated butyric acid cellulose to 5 wt% as a retardation expression agent, and the MD stretching ratio and the TD stretching ratio are outside the range specified in the production method of the present invention, and it is understood that The reverse wavelength dispersion and the elastic modulus are also inferior. When incorporated in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in viewing angle hue and panel in-plane uniformity. In Comparative Example 3, in the case of Comparative Example 2, the addition of the additive U was not carried out, and the TD stretching ratio was increased to the range of the present invention, but the MD stretching ratio was outside the range specified in the production method of the present invention, and each unit was known. The retardation in the film thickness direction of the film thickness is poor, and the modulus of elasticity is also inferior. When incorporated in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in uniformity in the panel surface.
比較例4~比較例6是追加試驗與日本專利特開2009-263619號公報之實例類似之構成,且均未於MD方向上進行延伸的態樣,可知均是膜光學特性或膜彈性模數差,且於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。Comparative Example 4 to Comparative Example 6 are configurations similar to the examples of JP-A-2009-263619, and none of them are extended in the MD direction, and it is known that the film optical properties or the film elastic modulus are all. When it is mounted in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in uniformity in the panel surface.
比較例7及比較例8是使用5 wt%作為延遲表現劑之添加劑U的態樣,可知於使醯化纖維素之總醯基取代度與MD延伸倍率為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的比較例7之情形時,每單位膜厚之膜厚方向之延遲之表現性與MD方向之彈性模數差,且於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。而且,可知於使MD延伸倍率為本發明之製造方法之範圍內而僅僅使醯化纖維素之總醯基取代度為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的比較例8之情形時,並不成為逆波長分散,且於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於視角色調及面板面內均一性方面存在問題。Comparative Example 7 and Comparative Example 8 are examples in which 5 wt% of the additive U as a retardation agent is used, and it is understood that the total thiol substitution degree and the MD stretching ratio of the deuterated cellulose are outside the range of the production method of the present invention. In the case of Comparative Example 7, the expression of the retardation in the film thickness direction per unit film thickness is inferior to the elastic modulus in the MD direction, and when it is incorporated in the liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in the in-plane uniformity of the panel. Further, it is understood that when the MD stretching ratio is within the range of the production method of the present invention and only the total thiol substitution degree of the deuterated cellulose is outside the range of the production method of the present invention, it does not become It is dispersed in the reverse wavelength, and when it is incorporated in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in viewing angle hue and in-plane uniformity.
比較例9是使用本發明之醯化纖維素之總取代度之範圍以下的醯化纖維素的態樣,可知每單位膜厚之膜厚方向之延遲的表現性與膜彈性模數差,於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。Comparative Example 9 is an aspect of the cellulose deuterated cellulose having a total substitution degree of less than the range of the total degree of substitution of the deuterated cellulose of the present invention, and it is understood that the retardation of the film thickness direction per unit film thickness is inferior to the film elastic modulus. When it is incorporated in a liquid crystal display device, there is a problem in uniformity in the panel surface.
比較例11是使MD延伸與TD延伸之延伸倍率比為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的態樣,可知所得之膜之膜彈性模數差,且於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。In Comparative Example 11, the stretch ratio of the MD extension and the TD extension was outside the range of the production method of the present invention, and it was found that the film had a poor film elastic modulus and was incorporated in the liquid crystal display device. There is a problem with the uniformity of the panel surface.
比較例12及比較例13是使膜製膜時之殘留揮發成分為本發明之製造方法之範圍外的態樣,於比較例12中,膜破斷。而且,可知於比較例13中所得之膜的每單位膜厚之膜厚方向之延遲之表現性與膜彈性模數差,且於內裝於液晶顯示裝置中時,於面板面內均一性方面存在問題。In Comparative Example 12 and Comparative Example 13, the residual volatile component at the time of film formation was outside the range of the production method of the present invention, and in Comparative Example 12, the film was broken. Further, it is understood that the film obtained in Comparative Example 13 has a poor retardation in the film thickness direction per unit film thickness and a difference in film elastic modulus, and is in-plane uniformity when incorporated in a liquid crystal display device. There is a problem.
10...跳動機構10. . . Bounce mechanism
11...跳動裝置(作為跳動輥之路徑輥。運動、非運動自由)/跳動輥11. . . Bounce device (as a path roller for the dancer roller. Free movement, non-motion) / dancer roller
12...角度檢測器12. . . Angle detector
13...荷重控制裝置13. . . Load control device
14...溫度感測器14. . . Temperature sensor
15...張力感測器15. . . Tension sensor
16...膜搬送方向16. . . Film transport direction
17a、17b...導輥(路徑輥之一部分)17a, 17b. . . Guide roller (one part of the path roller)
18...路徑輥18. . . Path roller
20...帶式流延機20. . . Belt casting machine
21...剝下滾筒twenty one. . . Peel off the roller
22...摻雜物twenty two. . . Dopant
23...延伸裝置twenty three. . . Extension device
24...膜(腹板)軟膜twenty four. . . Membrane (web) membrane
圖1是表示使用跳動機構而製造本發明之醯化纖維素膜時之態樣的概略圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a state in which a cellulose-deposited cellulose film of the present invention is produced by using a beating mechanism.
圖2是表示可於本發明之醯化纖維素膜之製造方法中使用的跳動機構之詳細的概略圖。Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing a detailed configuration of a bounce mechanism which can be used in the method for producing a cellulose-deposited cellulose film of the present invention.
10...跳動機構10. . . Bounce mechanism
11...跳動輥11. . . Bounce roller
16...膜搬送方向16. . . Film transport direction
18...路徑輥18. . . Path roller
20...帶式流延機20. . . Belt casting machine
22...摻雜物twenty two. . . Dopant
23...延伸裝置twenty three. . . Extension device
24...膜(腹板)軟膜twenty four. . . Membrane (web) membrane
Claims (12)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2010199295A JP5156067B2 (en) | 2010-09-06 | 2010-09-06 | Cellulose acylate film |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201219464A TW201219464A (en) | 2012-05-16 |
TWI417325B true TWI417325B (en) | 2013-12-01 |
Family
ID=46054491
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW100130294A TWI417325B (en) | 2010-09-06 | 2011-08-24 | Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5156067B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101308171B1 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI417325B (en) |
Families Citing this family (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9042016B2 (en) * | 2011-10-12 | 2015-05-26 | Fujifilm Corporation | Optical film, method of producing optical film, antireflective film, polarizing plate and image display device |
JP5772680B2 (en) * | 2012-03-27 | 2015-09-02 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Cellulose acylate laminated film, production method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same |
JP5986831B2 (en) * | 2012-07-11 | 2016-09-06 | 大倉工業株式会社 | Film conveying method and optical film manufacturing method |
JP5919227B2 (en) * | 2012-09-27 | 2016-05-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing optical film |
JP2014071202A (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-21 | Fujifilm Corp | Polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device |
JPWO2015019701A1 (en) * | 2013-08-09 | 2017-03-02 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Cellulose derivative and method for producing the same, optical film, circularly polarizing plate, and organic electroluminescence display device |
KR20160033892A (en) * | 2014-09-18 | 2016-03-29 | 주식회사 효성 | Cellulose ester film with excellent retardation |
US20230151175A1 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2023-05-18 | Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha | Spacer, method of producing same, and composite |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2005082706A (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2005-03-31 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Cellulose ester film, its manufacturing method, and optical film using it, and antireflection film, polarizing plate and display |
US20050234231A1 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-10-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same |
US20070292680A1 (en) * | 2006-06-12 | 2007-12-20 | Fujifilm Corporation | Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
US20100066948A1 (en) * | 2008-09-10 | 2010-03-18 | Fujifilm Corporation | Optical film, polarizing plate, and va-mode liquid crystal display device |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP4676208B2 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2011-04-27 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same. |
KR101199808B1 (en) * | 2004-05-14 | 2012-11-09 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Optical cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
JP2008020895A (en) * | 2006-06-12 | 2008-01-31 | Fujifilm Corp | Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
-
2010
- 2010-09-06 JP JP2010199295A patent/JP5156067B2/en active Active
-
2011
- 2011-08-24 TW TW100130294A patent/TWI417325B/en active
- 2011-09-06 KR KR1020110090353A patent/KR101308171B1/en active IP Right Grant
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2005082706A (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2005-03-31 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Cellulose ester film, its manufacturing method, and optical film using it, and antireflection film, polarizing plate and display |
US20050234231A1 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-10-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same |
US20070292680A1 (en) * | 2006-06-12 | 2007-12-20 | Fujifilm Corporation | Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
US20100066948A1 (en) * | 2008-09-10 | 2010-03-18 | Fujifilm Corporation | Optical film, polarizing plate, and va-mode liquid crystal display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2012056995A (en) | 2012-03-22 |
KR101308171B1 (en) | 2013-09-12 |
JP5156067B2 (en) | 2013-03-06 |
KR20120024512A (en) | 2012-03-14 |
TW201219464A (en) | 2012-05-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI417325B (en) | Cellulose acylate film and method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display | |
KR101814207B1 (en) | Resin film and method for producing it, polarizer and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2011118339A (en) | Cellulose acylate laminate film, method for producing the same, polarizer, and liquid crystal display device | |
KR101953917B1 (en) | Polarizer and method for producing the same and liquid crystal display device | |
US8747540B2 (en) | Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing the cellulose ester film | |
TW201403145A (en) | Optical film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5869820B2 (en) | Cellulose acylate laminated film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2012068611A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, production method of the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2011118222A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI601766B (en) | Cellulose acylate film and manufacturing method thereof, optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5156133B2 (en) | Method for producing cellulose acylate film | |
JP5325083B2 (en) | Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5785894B2 (en) | Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI608920B (en) | Cellulose acylate film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2011246622A (en) | Optical film, method for production thereof, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2012226276A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2013225150A (en) | Optical film, production method of the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2013076872A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2013064974A (en) | Cellulose acylate film and production method of the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5779466B2 (en) | Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5476332B2 (en) | Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5875338B2 (en) | Polarizing plate, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2012226226A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
TW201314281A (en) | Polarizer and method for producing the same and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5631274B2 (en) | Cellulose acetate film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |